Last Call: Less Taxes With Bonus Depreciation

What’s up folks? Lane here. I’m gonna be talking about bonus depreciation and it going away here in 2022, but don’t worry, it’s not going away until the next few years. It’s just stepping down every single year. So first off, what is bonus depreciation and why should you even care about this thing now?

All right, so for you, those of you guys who know, you know, with rental real estate, one of the main reasons why I like rental real estate is because you can depreciate the asset and create a phantom loss or paper loss, whatever you wanna call it. But you can create these passive losses or pals for short.

P A Ls kind of clever, right? But you can take these pals and these passive losses can offset your passive Inca passive income from what you may say. Well, passive income from rental properties. So like your cash flow that you’re getting from it. Or you know, things you’ve held for a while and you’ve sold it.

Um, in terms of real estate, you know, you can use the losses from other investments to knock it out and not pay any taxes. And this is how I’ve kind of lowered my tax bill quite substantially over the last several years. Um, and this is, I think, the biggest thing that I’ve learned. Why do you wanna do real estate and why do wealthy people do real estate?

You know, for a lot of folks out there, before they even start working with us, they’ve got a high ordinary income or active income, maybe from a day job, or maybe they’re a business owner. But you know, we have a lot of clients that, you know, are maybe dentists or doctors making 600, $7,000 a year.

But that’s all ordinary active income. The problem with that is you can’t use passive activity losses or pals to knock it out because pals are, again, only used to knock out. Passive losses can knock out passive income. So what do we do? Well over time, you know, people work with us. They, you know, they join our network.

They get the connections and the deal flow to, you know, go from high active income or income where they can’t really shield themselves. And where, you know, the IRS is just absolutely destroying you every single year, and we’re moving you away from that to passive income. Why? Because you can use these passive losses to shield you.

From the taxes. And a lot of people who invest a lot in real estate, um, maybe not even more than like a quarter of their portfolio could possibly wipe out their entire tax load, um, from doing it this way. And this is the reason why I don’t invest in crypto or stocks because when you sell that stuff, it.

Consider all ordinary income before I go any further. Of course, I’m not a CPA, a tax attorney, anything like that. But hey, you know, um, I’ve been doing this for quite a while myself, and these are just some things that I personally do and also some of my, uh, colleagues who are also professional passive investors do themselves.

So what is this bonus depreciation thing? Right? So I think so. You guys have maybe owned rental properties before? No. You can write off the property over 27 years as a paper loss or depreciation loss, um, which is great. Just 27 years is a really freaking long time. Um, and this is excluding the land portion.

We’re only talking about the, the, um, property improvement portion that you can depreciate because land is not depreciable cuz it just stays there. But the cool thing about commercial real estate, and when you start to do these things called cost segregations, and we’ll get into what the heck a cost segregation is, is you can do these cost segregations and you can aggressively write off the property a lot faster than that really long 27 year cycle.

A lot of times you can write it off the entire building. Third of it in the first year, which we’ve done on many of our past projects, to create a huge, huge amount of these passive losses that dump on ourselves and passive investors, K one s, and now they can take this huge, huge loss and maybe offset their passive income and some of the people doing rep status.

Which is a little bit more of an event strategy that we kind of help people implement along with their cpa they can use these passive losses to lower their income. We’ve got a great example of that. Come to the next slide and how people are lowering their adjusted gross income from a million dollars maybe to a half a million dollars a delta to 500.

And at 50 cents on every dollar tax savings, that’s a quarter million dollar tax savings right there. But getting back to like this bonus depreciation via a cost, eg, right? So what the heck is the cost? So a cost e.g. is pretty much you pay a geeky engineer like how I was at one time to go out and itemize the entire building.

And if this is all kind of go, get you. It really doesn’t. You pay a guy about five to $10,000 to do this. There’s different ranges, and of course you wanna find a good one and we can kind of help you guys out if you guys need any referrals to this. But the engineer needs to actually go out and visit the property and, you know, take some notes and do their report.

But basically what it is, is this large report where they itemized all the little components of the building from, you know, from roof to plumbing, electrical, concrete, you know, everything. Basically what they’re doing is itemizing all the little components into dollar amounts into different categories, and those categories are five v, seven, 10 year category assets.

Certain things depreciate a lot quicker. Certain things to depreciate have a little bit longer lives than they might be in the 10 year category or more. So again, not really needed from a passive investor’s point of view. Passive investor’s point of view is to understand this stuff on a high level to know who to go get the cost tag or which in syndication to invest in that they’re doing a cost segregation, getting the bonus depreciation, and then be able to communicate.

To your CPA and what the heck to do with all this? Because most of the CPAs we find, or at least from what I see a lot of you guys out there, my clients, 95% of you guys have to change your cpa. Because a lot of CPAs just frankly don’t understand it and it makes sense. That’s why the CPA has a day job. They haven’t figured this stuff out yet.

Right. But hey, you know, maybe not everybody should know this stuff because then who would do our tax returns for us? Right? But anyway. So this Costa gets done, it’s passed off, uh, probably in a nice little PDF or Excel format, whatever. It gets passed off to the cpa, um, that you have and that can be distributed out to, um, yourself or as when we do it, we do a big syndication.

We do this all for our investors. We get the Costa, we pay for it, and then that allows us to pass it to our cpa, who then distributes all the losses, the passive losses to all I. Via the individual K one. So it all comes out at the end of the year on this nice little clean one page, K one document.

And what this does is now each individual past investor, or you know, if you’re doing this on yourself, um, doing it on your own properties, Um, you guys can check out the referral, um, partners at simple passive cash flow.com/coste. By the way, there’s some older videos and education on there if you want to do this all on your own.

But you know, you can go over there and, um, you know, you can do this cost segregation and get all this extra depreciation. Now, coming down here, you know, investors. You know, some of these deals I see, you know, you put in a hundred thousand dollars, you may get a hundred, $120,000 of depreciation losses more than offsetting, you know, maybe you made five, $10,000 a year more than offsetting that, and you’ve got this surplus and.

For those of you investors out there, you really want to have this form called the 85 82 form. Every investor needs to have this. If not, you need to ask your CPA for it. And a little dirty trick is the CPA is never like they give you this stuff because then they know you’ll probably just leave them after that point.

But, You know, I always check my 85 82 form and see how much passive losses I’m floating because that allows me to play strategy and whether I deploy the passive losses and activate it, essentially, you know, keeping it from my storage and using it to lower my AGI that year. Or do I keep it because maybe I’m having a big, uh, capital gain the next year or three, four years from now.

Right? And this is where it gets com complicated and every situation is just a little bit different. And that’s why we tell you guys well. You know, join our organization, you know, a book of free intro call with myself. We can kind of walk through this. Um, I’m not gonna give you any tax illegal advice here, right?

But I’m gonna teach you how this kind of works so you can make the best decisions for yourself. Or at the very least, have an educated conversation with your CPA because, um, you guys need to educate yourself. If not just CPA’s, just gonna do it the easy way, right? You ask most CPAs, how do I save tax?

They’re just gonna give you a bunch of lame stuff like, um, you know, do a 401k, do some pretax, post tax, maybe Roth ira, lame stuff, folks. That stuff is like playing checkers where we play chess. So, moving on. So what’s this bonus appreciation thing, um, going on? So in the following year, um, you know, this is gonna be stepping down.

So from the tax cut and job act, uh, I believe that was maybe around when Trump came into office, he signed in this, uh, nice little, uh, carrot for real estate investors. There was gonna be 100% bonus depreciation, and this is gonna be phasing away starting next year, 2023. Um, where right now in 2022, you get a hundred percent of it.

Next year you get 80% and a year after you get 60%, and then the year after that 40% and the year after that is 20%. So it’s phasing away is. Slowly, right. Not to say that 80% isn’t just as good as a hundred percent, and what I’ll kind of cover is that it’s just, it’s not like you’re getting 20% less.

It’s just for the bonus part. Right, so it’s, you’re still getting the normal, regular depreciation, so it’s not like you’re getting 20% and I don’t know exactly how much, and cuz I haven’t seen it, I haven’t compared my K one s from this year to when? Next year. it’s only 80%. But when I look at cost segregation reports from my own viewpoint and look at the numbers, I really don’t feel like it’s that big of an impact that a lot of people are kind of making their way out to be.

I all kind of feel like it’s a little bit of a scare tactic saying You better invest now, right before it’s a hundred percent before it goes down. Um, if you’re a passive investor and. Number one, your adjusted gross income is not higher than $340,000. Don’t even worry about all this stuff. Right? And I, I think this is a big mistake I see a lot of passive investors making is that they hear about these opponents appreciating passive losses, and they’re great.

But they may not be able to use the damn thing. So again, book a call with us, get to know us. Um, we can dive into your strategy, we can talk specifics, but if you are, again, you’re not a high income earner, this stuff doesn’t really, really pertain to you. It’ll, it only may, uh, mean something later on. But if you’re one of those people like myself who, um, likes to hoard passive losses just for the heck of it, even though I don’t need it, it may not be the best thing.

And you should maybe focus on investing. Better investments, better returns than forwarding passive losses that you may or may not need.

Where does that three $40,000 number come from? Well, these are the tax brackets in 2022, and I think they’re gonna be in inflation and adjusted for next year. So the premise is gonna be the same too. There’s, a lot of my clients who fall right around this red line in terms of income, and that’s why I talk about it a lot.

But also when you look at this, like if you look at. The progressive tax system, you know, most people are paying 22, 20 4%, but there’s a big jump between the 24 to the 32% range and that’s where that, this dotted line where I draw this dotted line where, you know, for a starter strategy for, you know, just somebody listing, you know, just kind of the default.

It probably is a good idea. Uh, above, stay above this line or below the line, however you want to call it. Right? Or keep your adjusted gross income under $340,000. Married, followed jointly. I’ll say that again. Keep your AGI under $340,000 adjusted gross income. Um, if you’re single, uh, it’s a lot lower at $170,000 adjusted gross income.

Now, personally, I’ve kind of taken the strategy where I wanna drive my income down way, way. Um, I use this in conjunction with real estate professional status and also I don’t have very much ordinary income, and if all my income is passive, I can use as much passive losses that I have to offset my passive income.

So if I have a million dollars of passive income and I have a million dollars of losses, I can drive my income down to zero if I wanted to. Right. And that. We’ll save that for your guys’ individual calls, right? If you guys, um, choose to step forward with that and, you know, we, we work with the credit investors here, so, um, if you guys are not a credit investor, maybe check out some of the free content.

Send me an email with some specific questions and we’ll point you where this stuff is in the podcast, on the website. But for, you know, kind of a typical client making say $500,000, you know, What are they gonna do to drop themselves down to three 40? Well, they, that’s a delta of about $160,000 that they need to lower their agi.

So if they can turn, if they can create that passive income to get that and also create the passive losses, they can use the passive losses to drop them down. Um, But if they are somebody who just has, you know, and this is probably you listening right out there, you don’t have any passive income. You only have ordinary income, right?

Ordinary income sucks because you can’t use the passive losses to lower it unless you have real estate professional status. And this is again, where a lot of new investors like this idea of passive losses from real estate. But if you don’t have rep status, It doesn’t do you any good, and it doesn’t really help that you’re hoarding these things too much.

And also, if you’re under, you know, if you’re making less than $300,000 a year, you’re not paying that much taxes as it is. You’re in the 22 or even less tax bracket. It may make sense just to pay the debt taxes, right? Not until your AGI goes up higher. Does it really make sense? Pull these levers again, every situation is different and we give everybody a free introduction, one complimentary conference call with myself because, um, you know, time is important, but I like to help out people.

Um, as this was all new to myself and like when I was, when I graduated college, started working for the man as an engineer in my twenties, the most useless information I got was investing in a 401k. And that’s just crap in my opinion. Sorry if you, that’s all you. But you know, welcome to the simple passive cash flow where we do things Definitely a little bit differently.

But what is this sales tactic that, uh, folks like myself are telling everybody, bonus depreciation is going away. You know, well, it’s, it’s phasing down, right? And you know, like next year it’s gonna go down 80%. But, you know, if you were to think about the bonus depreciation portion is just a portion of all the losses that you get.

There’s. A lot of that, that stuff may not be taken in the first year. And, again, I just don’t think like, it’s, like it’s literally gonna step down 20%. So an example would be maybe you invested a hundred thousand dollars and you got a hundred thousand dollars of passive losses because, you know, the deal is using pretty good leverage and that’s how you’re getting that much capital and equity, um, to contribute to so much of that losses.

So in that, Um, what, what I, what I would say like in the next year when bonus appreciation goes down to 80%, it’s not like you’re gonna get 80%, if it was the same amount of capital contributed the same deal, but in the 2023 instead of 2022, at that point, um, I probably guesstimate that it might be maybe like 10% less than what you got.

Still pretty good, right? Um, you’re just gonna have to invest a little bit more. But you know, at some point this stuff is phasing. And the best time to do this was yesterday. Like, you know, we talked to a lot of our clients about infinite banking, right? And how there was last year there was this big, um, harrah over like the 77 0 4 changes or whatever it was.

But you know, this stuff is never getting better, just like investing, right? The best time to invest was yesterday. But, you know, another thing that these passive losses can do other than just manipulating your adjusted gross income from that year is also. Offsetting capital gains. So capital gains is, you know, when you sell an asset or syndication comes full cycle and you get your money back, and you get your nice returns exactly why you went into an investment for the first place.

Um, you’re gonna get this, uh, hit with these capital gains. And this is straight from my tax form. And back in 2017, I sold, uh, I believe this year I sold six or seven of my little rental properties for a capital gain of, uh, almost $200,000. They’re in line 13, $198,000, right? Oh, crap. Right? That’s a lot of, uh, taxes.

Um, if I’m, if I was in like the $300,000 range, Exploded my AGI up to $500,000. But what I did was I used my passive losses because I was investing in syndication deals prior to this, or maybe in the same year. Um, I was compiling all these passive losses via cost segregation, bonus depreciation, and I was, um, I.

I had a pretty good amount just, um, being suspended is what they call it, suspended passive losses or passive losses that haven’t been executed or used yet. And what I did is I just pulled it down from the cloud in a way, um, and I put it there on line 17 to offset it. Boom. Knocked it out, and then paid no tax.

And this is where a lot of like old school investors, they always talk about this 10 31 idea. Um, 10 31 is just another way to defer, but the problem there is you’re putting all your money from one deal to another and the deals are getting bigger and bigger, which totally violates one of my big things. I tell a lot of my investors, you never want to have more than five to 10% of your net worth into any one.

So old school investors, what they’re gonna do is they’re gonna buy a single family home, 10 31 into a duplex 10 and 31 into a fourplex Aex 16 unit. You know? Then they’ve got all this capital gain and the only way that they can get away from the taxes is die. And the problem with doing it that way is everybody knows when you’re a 10 31 buyer, you’re a sucker.

Right? We love it when people buy our apartments that are 1031 buyers because we know that they are motivated buyers. In fact, they’re so motivated that because if they don’t close the deal in 180 days or whatever, that they have to pay all this taxes to the IRS and to get absolutely killed. Right?

Maybe their four might look like this, but like add another zero here at the app. And this is where this whole new school way of thinking of get rid of that stupid 10 31 exchange and break up your portfolio into many, many deals. Like personally, I think I must be in like 80 or a hundred syndications at this point.

And all my net worth is di like very diversified geographically, different asset classes, different deals. Um, I do a lot of apartments personally and we operate that, but I also go into many, many other asset classes that are a little bit diversified on how it’s correlated with the economy, right? We never wanna know what’s gonna happen with the economy and we never know how it impacts anyone.

Asset class sector. So well, from a tax perspective, what this is doing for me is it’s allowing me, you know, these deals that I’m in, they may cash out and gimme a huge gain, which is good. The bad part is you’re gonna get the capital gains and depreciation recapture. But if I break this up so much, And I keep a certain level of passive activity losses on the 85 82 form.

Then at some point I’ve created this Nirvana world where, you know, if I’m in a hundred deals and 10 of ’em cash out, it gives me a whole bunch of money. You know, my passive loss, suspended passive losses, maybe a million or $2 million. But it may go down to 800, but then when I invest, reinvest the money, it’ll go way back up and it just keeps going up and up and up.

And this is kind of the concept of passive loss nirvana. And you really never pay taxes just like you were with a 10 31. But with a 10 31, everything is pegged on one asset, right? Again, not diversified. Um, Just a different concept, right? Like if you’ve been, think you’ve been kind of beat to death by the 10 31 guy or the salesman selling it, you know, you probably think it’s the best thing.

It’s one alternative. And to me, um, a lot of these, what I try and do, and I try things, make, make things very simple, especially for the people in our ecosystem, right? Like, there’s so many things out there financially, but for high net worth, high paid, professional, professional investors, passive, I. Things are very simple and when it comes to deferring taxes, you know, other than you know, the Section 1 21 where you only have $500,000 in your primary residence in opportunity zones, which is something very different to cover, maybe in another video, but.

The only other options you have is deferring it right? And a 10 31 is just one way you’re deferring your taxes, whereas doing it this kind of chopped up method into diversified many deals with bonus depreciation is so much more of a superior strategy. Um, 10 31 is just a tool, right? And it’s all tools.

You only use the tools in the ripe situation, in my opinion, my humble opinion, because apparently I’m not a financial planner, right? I can’t sell you garbage commission products like they can. Um, a ten one exchange is used in certain situations where you have a highly, highly appreciated asset. You know, so for example, like say a, a guy has a business that he started like a dentist franchise for 50 grand and you know, 30 years later it’s now worth 10 million and now you’re looking at a $10 million capital gain that you made 10 31 into something like kind.

But in that, in that situation, I may probably consider more of a monetized installment. So which is more superior to 10 to one exchange, but either. Like before you got to that point, you should have took the money out and invested in a syndication deal, started to compile your 85, 82 form padded with passive losses.

So when this fateful day comes, and it does always come, um, you have these passive losses to as a, as kind of like a pill to sell the asset and offset that. And then if you come short, maybe there’s some other advanced strategies like land conservation easement. Uh, oil and gas deals, uh, what’s in an op, the combo with opportunity zone and your rep status.

Um, you know that there’s a myriad of different ways, and at that point, if it’s that huge of a, uh, capital gain of over a million dollars, $2 million, then yeah, maybe you would need to do a myriad of different things. But if you’re. Average investor and you bought a rental property for a hundred grand and it went up by a few hundred thousand dollars capital gain.

Dude, that’s not that much capital gain. You should be able to invest, you know, several hundred thousand dollars or at least, you know, refinance and get that money out and invest it. And then you should get, you should be able to pick up, you know, a few hundred thousand dollars at least a passive loss is pretty dang easily.

If you don’t know how to do that, you need to get around other passive investors that are accredited and figure out how to do it, because this is, I mean, taxes are your number one expense in life. But anyway, that’s then on my spiel folks. If you guys like this video, Please leave a comment below or ask any questions.

If you guys have any specific questions, send it to the team at simplepassivecashflow.com. If you’d like to hear more and enter into our free e-course. To learn more about this stuff in a more curated form, um, you guys can join the club at simplepassivecashflow.com/club. Thanks.

November 2022 Monthly Market Update

 Here we go. It’s the November 2022 monthly market update. The year is almost over. Interest rates are being jacked up even more to curb inflation. But what are the other stories coming up? Welcome everybody. This is the monthly market update. Here we go. All right. If you are new to these monthly updates.

You guys can check them out at simplepassivecashflow.com/investor letter. You’ll find this in all the other monthly reports. We do this every month. If you guys are new to the group, also check out the I think we’ve got like a hundred reviews on this thing thus far. My first book, The Journey to Simple Passive Cashflow teaches all about taxes, investing in deals, and infinite banking.

A lot of the stuff that I didn’t realize was. Very counterintuitive ways of building wealth that we use for a lot of our clients in the family office group and our investor group. But let’s get started here for you folks. And for some of you guys joining live on some of the social media channels of the Facebook groups and LinkedIn.

And those of you guys who are also checking this out on the podcast form can also check these great graphs and visuals we have on each of these articles. on the YouTube channel. But the first thing coming from John Burns real estate consultant is that apartment rent doesn’t grow to the sky. And I think we all knew that’s why, we never really underwrote more than a 3% rent escalator.

Whenever I see that in a deal, I know that they’re reaching or maybe that they need to inflate the performance a little. And that’s what we teach in this syndication e-course. As a past investor, what are the kinds of things to be on the lookout for? So in this article saying the rents are set to fall in many areas around the country, which is exactly what the Fed needs to help get inflation under control.

So like a lot of places, like we are investing in Phoenix, some of those rent girls were like 20% or greater year. And you know that definitely that’s not sustainable. I would say more on a five to 10 year time horizon. I think Phoenix is more like a two to 3% annual rent growth, or at least that’s what you should underwrite so that you under promise, over deliver.

The combination of recession concerns, requests to return, the office rents that are just too high and a multifamily high of new rental supply are all combining to cause rents to soften. Potentially decline and of course, take all these articles with a grain of salt. And I try and interject my commentary on top of this because, this is national data here, we always try and look at the emerging markets and within emerging markets such as like a, Dallas or Phoenix, you’ve got your submarkets there may be a couple dozen submarkets within one of those major Ms.

But what led to this great growth? Strong job growth, income growth, household formation, bolster demand in nearly every market, even with those with elevated levels of supply move outs to purchase a home or at all times, lows. And are likely to stay low given the relative affordability of apartments at 6% plus market rates.

So what they’re saying is, a lot of the people who were on the fence to buy houses up until maybe a quarter or two ago, they got the wind knocked out of ’em with the interest rates exploding on them. Now they cannot afford that much in terms of monthly payments. Which is why a lot of those people are moving back to apartment dwellings, nicer ones of.

but they’re taking a step back from home Ownership rent to income ratios of 20 to 23% are completely normal within ranges and a testament to the strong growth in incomes among new renters that REITs have observed over the last several quarters. So they get, I think what they’re saying is, people’s pay, their salaries are there too.

The higher rents. Of course we always ask like, how much more can it be going up? Really it’s not getting to that, that one third, rent to income ratio quite yet. We’re still in like that 20% range of business online. Here they’re talking about what were the things put in that, that latest inflation reduction act.

It always seems like they come up with one of these things once or twice a. This one got signed in on August 16th, 2022. And the way it normally works with these is, they sign it in and then, they’re investors and, a lot of the sophisticated investors start picking through it and start to see any carrots or sticks in there.

So some of the tax credits and incentives promoting clean energy in. One of the sole purposes is to incentivize and revitalized domestic manufacturing and many of its tax credits and incentives are focused on clean energy manufacturing. Now, I don’t know how that really impacts any of you listeners out there seems obvious that would be, that where money would go.

Obviously, this is the whole joke about this, right? What the heck does that have to do with inflation reduction act, if anything, that just is more spending, which increases inflation, but any. . We don’t like to get political on this show because it is a waste of time, right?

We need to figure out as investors what is happening here and how can we react for our own good. So one of the things of this inflation reduction Act is the advanced. Project tax credit provision credits up to 30% of the investment in PR in property used in a qualifying advanced energy project.

That one’s a kind of a head scratcher on how to really use that one. I’ll be honest one of the significant drawbacks in the Investment reduction Act is enactment of a corporate minimum book tax. The minimum book tax would be 15% of book. and lastly, as a condition for being subject to the corporate minimum book tax for a year, that the, a coal corporation must have an average book income of excess of 1 billion over three years prior to the tax year.

So it really probably doesn’t impact many of our listeners. I don’t know if any of you guys make a billion dollars. If not shoot me an email. Let’s get you into some deals or especially some of these benefit deals we have coming up. As it’s harder to find deals out there and we’ve taken a break from the normal value ad apartments because it’s not the time to be going into those deals, but these high interest rates.

So I’ve personally been looking at ways to save taxes, right? It’s getting time to be efficient, so to find, seek deals that provide those tax minutes for our investors. So we’ve got some things coming down the pipe for you guys, if you guys are interested in those. If you’re not part of our investor group, go to simple passive cash flow.com/club and get educated and see what’s coming down the pipeline there.

For multi-housing news the article headline is the fed’s painful ounce of prevention worth a pound of cure. And obviously what they’re talking about is curbing inflation, which, they pegged at 8%. The Fed’s funds rate Feds have increased the cost of doing business across every sector of the economy.

This also impacts the US and abroad. The economy this time around is more on secure footing than 2008 excess. Access is where we saw in residential real estate and construction that drove the economy in places like Phoenix, Vegas, Florida, and California in 2008 are not the norm today. And said, we’re still seeing everything from manufacturing and entertainment and technology and healthcare drive our economy today.

And I will also personally add that, we don’t have these no doc, these ninjas that they gave anybody with a pulse. To invest. And I mind you, investors like the, I think the reason that sets us apart from the average investor out there is that we try to invest in things that cash flow and are backed by equity even in hard times.

And I think at the end of the day, you, if you go into things that cash flow, you should be a lot better than most or be able to weather a lot longer recession or maybe even depression, if that will. To be able to come out the other end and hold onto your asset. Hold on to your debt service, whether you do that with cash flow or cash reserves, one or the two or the combination of both.

I know I’m going through this very quickly, but these are very simple yet, these concepts are, have taken me a long time to realize and really think of and how do I strategize my own the whole balance between trying to grow your money. How much cash reserves do you have on ti on, on.

But if you need to invest, like how we are now with, inflation at very high levels where you’re just losing your money, not doing anything, where can you make it and get a nice little yield, maybe low double digits and yet be very secure in investment and not have it be a high risk type of move.

That is the question. That’s what we’re all asking. I’ve obviously got my opinions and I will be sharing those, especially with you guys coming on the January retreat on January 13th to the 16th here in Hawaii. Beyond the lookout for that. Again, club members you guys get invites to that. Freddie Mac reports multi-family investment market index down in the second quarter.

Decrease nationally in all 25 markets on both accorded annual bases. It is similar to the last article, right? Things couldn’t grow at a 8%, 20% rent increased level for very long. And at what point that rents are still going up, but not at that feverish pace as it once was, but it’s not really going down yet.

That’s a. And I don’t really anticipate it going down. And I said this before, if there’s if I was a gambling man, the one thing I would bet on is rent’s not really going down for a long period of time.

And again, different source. Here, there’s seen primary driver between the quarterly decline was higher mortgage rates.

And Aln. Also was saying the same thing. Quarter three brought an end to coasting on 2021. What they found made demand rent growth. Finally, losing steam was a major development in third quarter, but net absorption deserves all the attention has been getting. As mentioned, apartment men has been poor.

All year at mid-year 2022, net absorption was 75% lower than it was in 2021. So what that means, what absorption is new units getting filled in a timely matter, like a days on market. It’s, I would say overall, occupancy is pretty high and, there is a housing shortage and especially with people not being able to afford houses, that’s where the apartment demand is still pretty. For both average asking rents and average effective rent. Third quarter growth was a loss by any quarter since 2021, quarter one. For a price class perspective, average effective growth, rent growth was stronger in the quarter for price classes, A and B, with the other two price classes also seeing larger declines in rent growth.

So what they’re saying, again we’ve talked about this in. Your higher end tenants with, they call ’em class A and B here are less impacted and going through less declines than the Class C or below cohorts. And that makes a lot of sense because this last pandemic really hurt the low end as opposed to the high end.

But I think a lot of it is and don’t get it, don’t get it mixed up with these. Fear mongering headlines. The industry came into a year with a very high average occupancy, very low lease concession availability and double digit 2021 rent growth, thanks to the demand explosion, the from the previous year, and the fact that we had a freaking pandemic in 2020, right?

The high average occupancy provided upward pressure for rents, even as lack, lesser demand was slowly eating away at surplus occupancy. Very low apartment demand degraded further even falling into very slight negative territory nationally in the period. But ultimately lack of household creation and affordability is the cause of this.

The fourth quarter is usually the softest for multifamily demand, and the largest macro economic situations does not prove much reason to expect this year to be an exception. And I would say maybe on 10% of our assets, we are taking a very conservative approach because we’re starting to see some of the signs of normally like we start to see a slowdown in leasing activity.

We’re about Thanksgiving, but we’ve really started to see that here in October. So we might be reading it. Into a lot, but that’s your guys’ antidote from what we’re seeing across the portfolio. But top five markets from multifamily deliveries, and this is where the pros, the big money, is putting money into building new assets due to long term the fundamental growth.

And I, again, as a real estate investor, I think you need to be looking not on a 1, 2, 3 year time horizon, but like a 5, 10, 20. Or more time horizon. Those markets are Dallas, Houston, Washington dc Miami and Phoenix.

Multi-Housing News came up with this great article that I wanted to pull out, why Affordable Housing Production Lakes Demand. We’ve always, everything that’s built is always class a brand new, right? Some of the reason here, housing aimed at people with low to moderate income is not being replaced at a fast enough pace to meet our demand.

Of the nation’s 43 million multifamily units, roughly 10% are considered affordable for those whose incomes are less. 80% of the area median. So this is what we’ve called the missing middle, or I would just call it the lower middle class and workforce.

They’re talking here about the l i htc I call the LTA Lurk program, with, low income requirements for, as part of the building. We try to stay away from this in our investments. It’s just a different little bit different type of a business plan. If you’re that kind of investor, you don’t knock yourself out, right?

You guys that your money. But we found that, whenever we have more than 10% section eight, it gets to be a little bit seedier of a property, although like the LTA and the lurk and depending what municipality you’re. , it’s more, it’s nicer pro assets typically of what I’ll see and they’ll pay get if the average rents are like one 1500, they may require like 20% of the units to rent at 1300.

We’ve got a couple of the buildings like that, and they’re nicer pro properties, so you don’t really attract the CD tenants. But, I really would stay away from that on Class Bs or worse. They’re saying that, Missing middle housing is much more problematic. Very low New construction is coming online.

One reason is rising construction costs, but all require new projects to be more expensive Class A properties. Another factor is regulate regulatory barriers, especially in small markets where there are no clear rules when it comes to zoning issues. I will also. Cause we were always looking for land and we actually just dropped the project in Alabama that we were looking at.

The, some of the costs were just too high. So there you go. Some of the, that’s a real life example of what they’re just talking about with rising construction costs.

Adams reports. US foreclosure activity continu to increase quarterly nearing pre pandemic levels. Definitely nothing near what it was in 2008. I’ll probably call it one or less than a 10th of where it was, but it is picking up from the low of 2020. 1% from the previous quarter and up 167% from a year ago.

But that number is, yeah, this is a great example of fear mongering right here. They’re saying it’s up hundred 67% from a year ago, from a year ago it was pretty much nothing. And it is nothing compared to what it, I would say average it is foreclosure activity is reflecting other aspects of the economy as unemployment rates continue to be historic.

the mortgage delinquency rates are lower than it was before the Covid 19 rate outbreak. And this is what’s the Fed is looking at. Or this is a byproduct of unemployment, which is something that the Fed is looking at. The Fed needs to induce a little bit of unemployment right now. Again, unemployment rates continue to be historically low, so they need to induce more unemployment so that they can get this inflation under.

It’s under control, to get it down to, I think what we’re used to under 6%, I think I made a bet last month with Dean from when we do the Real Estate Brothers for the Hawaii investors, I think I said it was gonna go up to 10% for a 30 year mortgage and then come back down maybe a year from now, or 18 months from now.

Which is why, we’re switching the acquisition strategy. A little bit states that pulls the greatest number of foreclosures, including California, Florida, Texas, Illinois, New York. And some of that’s misleading, some of those, like California, duh. Because they’re like a huge state with a big population.

So its Florida. I’d like to know more percentage per capita, maybe or per person. I think that’s a little bit more. Then just going after the Biggers bigger states.

Last fact here, in fact, nearly three times more homes were repossessed by lenders in the second quarter of 2019 than in the second quarter of 2020. We believe that this may be an indication that borrowers are leveraging their equity and selling their homes rather than risking the loss of their equity in a foreclosure auction.

I would disagree with that. Common. I think right now the foreclosures is really low. I think really all that is that, that’s basically just shit happens. I don’t know if it’s really indicative what’s happening in the economy, but it’s just, sometimes people go, Troubling times personally, or this, they, they get into a car accident, somebody gets hurt or somebody just loses their job.

I think that’s just the, exceptions coming from, people who just go through tough times in life. And that’s always going to be there. They call it the death, despair, destruction, divorce disaster. That’s what, like those wholesalers prey on right? People, other people’s misfortune, which I don’t really think is very ethical.

I don’t know. I’m not gonna say it’s ethical or not, but it’s jacked up if you if you think my opinion. And that’s always been tick me off that, these guys will go around they’re here to help people solve their problems and buy people’s houses for 50 grand where they really could just sell it to a realtor for 90 and.

They say they’re doing a good thing. I see it as screwing somebody who isn’t the most financially minded or in a stressful distress situation. That said, we don’t have any problem doing it when it’s a rich apartment investor who is just a little clumsy with their money or worse, second generation, third gen generation wealth person who doesn’t know too much about money and is just looking to get paid quick and selected at a good price.

but maybe, I’d say maybe next year, if this all continues and interest rates go up and some of these adjusted adjustable rate mortgages continue to increase the debt service amounts, maybe some of these apartment investor owners might be more distressed sellers ready to sell, at which case might be, we might get involved in some of those acquisitions musicians.

A lot of those people, maybe they just don’t have adequate cash reserves to, whether that’s storm or, some of our cases, like general partners will put in some of our money and that’s why we are here. Because I think I, I will agree with Sam Zel here. He says the US economy is softening, not in a recess.

I says we’re not in our recession yet. We’re in a market softening in inflation reduction. Act pass in August resulted in a lot of spending and is irresponsible, and the title of the act is misleading and it’s going to add on the inflation pressure and not decrease it. Yeah. He’s probably right.

He’s probably right there. Real page. Apartments remain hot, but peak rent growth could be in rear view. I would probably agree that they’re, these guys are spot on with this.

Some of the highest comparison to the 2022 peak in this order. West Palm Beach, Florida, Phoenix, Arizona, Jacksonville, Florida, New York. New York. Fort Lauderdale, Las Vegas, Memphis, Riverside, California, San Francisco, California, Miami, Florida. They’re all. And you were from six to 2% off of their previous high.

Still, if you definitely jump, they jumped, but it’s still up overall.

So these are the top cities where housing markets are cooling the fastest. You don’t wanna be in these markets, I guess is what they’re saying. Or maybe it’s just they, these markets really got really hot and there was just a big delta, what we were saying on the last slide. But number one, Seattle, then two Las Vegas, three San Jose, California, San Diego, Sacramento.

Denver. Then Phoenix, Oakland, Northport, Florida. I’m by a little biased cuz I invest in. I think Phoenix is on here just because Phoenix was like the hottest market in the whole country. So I think that’s what’s contributing to their big Delta. I still think it’s a great place to be, but yeah, like Seattle, Las Vegas, San Jose, those things really spiked and cooling down now.

And this is more for home cells, has nothing, not talking about.

Affordable housing trends Report affordability has emerged as a primary concern for low income earners living in naturally occurring affordable housing apartment asking rent peaked at 16.9% between mid 2021 and compared to an increase at 2.3% in the average already wages over the same period, so people’s pay is not going up.

Their rent is financing gaps widen as construction costs soar. We talked about this earlier with construction costs going up. We just finished our Chase Creek construction 230 units where I would say we probably got hit the hardest with this, with the lumber, I think a year and a half ago.

Our lumber budget exploded, three x outside of our control, but it is what it is. We recovered, moved on and got over it. Substantial progress remains elusive, modest increases, and we’re talking about the Affordable Housing Trends report. So this is where a lot of the federally subsidized rental units by program.

From the most to least is the housing choice vouchers. Then a project or section eight, then public housing and then another.

Si joint Center for Housing studies of Harvard University reporting, leading indicator of remodeling activity. Okay, so as we know in 2020 the remodeling took a big peak there. And then, maybe cuz people were stuck at home and their homes were important because that was the only place they could go.

But they’re saying annual gains in improvement and maintenance. Expanders to owner occupied homes are expected to climb sharply by the middle of next year. So maybe this will help lower some of the raw material costs like lumber.

How rising mortgage rates are pushing people back into the rental market. We talked about that earlier. Here it is in a different format. The tightness you said was created by a decorative underbuilding followed by the global financial crisis in 2008, which occurred when millennials were coming of age forming households and creating a surge in housing.

It’ll take a while before you see a substantial improvement in rent affordability. But a supply increase should eventually boost rental vacancy and decrease pressure on rents. But that’s not coming anytime soon. And this is why I still believe residential multifamily is still the place to be with this fundamental shortage or more demand than supply.

Here, Rob Page reports higher income, renters pay the biggest rent hikes and are least likely to miss a rent payment. That’s because the high income earners, or we call ’em here, market rate, class A people have more liquidity, more savings as opposed to the Class C staff where, you know, I would probably assume that a lot of those guys have either no savings or maybe a thousand or a couple thousand bucks.

When there are uncertain times or a pandemic, those are the people that kind of need that government assistance first, where it’s the wealthier people who have liquidity and savings. And I think that’s what’s hard right now is there is a lot of liquidity still in the system, which is why with the interest rates being cranked up, you’re not seeing the inflation.

go down the next month or the next quarter, right? That’s what’s the problem right now. There’s a lot of quitting in the system, which creates a lot of SL and slack from the Fed, increasing interest rates and that the unemployment doesn’t pop up and doesn’t lower inflation right away. There’s that leg.

Here they’re saying the average renter in class A and B units have seen rent increases 14 to 15% since. Of 2020, which is maybe it was called that three years ago. So about 5% a year, which is pretty high. Again, that’s where we get that two to 3% is what I would normally underwrite. Or, somebody could probably truthfully say it’s 5% but I just probably wouldn’t use that just to be safe, unless you’re somebody who likes to just promise the moon and not.

Wanna make excuses when you don’t hit your targets later. If you’re using the right numbers, then it is what it is, right? Things happen, but, I think something can be said for fudging those numbers and then, when you don’t hit ’em well, it’s yeah, obviously it wasn’t, The rents weren’t gonna go up 5% every single year.

Different story with Class C renters, of course. These are more workforce housing. Folks of average WA range lower than $62,000 a year. Their rents probably went up about 10%, so maybe 3% across the board or 3% per year over the last few years.

But that’s it. That’s the end of this month’s report. We will see you guys in December. If you guys haven’t joined our club, go to simple passive cash flow.com/club. We’ve got the annual retreat from January 13th to the 16th in Honolulu, Hawaii. You guys have to complete the form there and book an onboarding call so we can get to know you because everybody who comes to our retreat, we’ve met, we’ve vetted, we know that they are going to make a great community member there.

Not gonna be a weirdo in Hawaii. We don’t want any weirdos in Hawaii and it is what it is. It’s like we have a private life. Group. We don’t just let anybody in and we especially don’t let anybody come to the physical in-person events because it reflects badly on me, right? , It’s like people think that I know these people super well and a lot of people I would say maybe it was a little bit different than the pandemic, now that we’re out of the pandemic, I would say people who come, I typically met at least half of the folks out there, but it’s always great to.

Associate the face to the name and it gives you guys the opportunity to ask the real questions that you want, right? I’ll put, I’ll remind you guys, whoever’s coming what do you guys need? What can I do to help you? Let’s talk about your situation, right? Let’s not talk about the weather here in Hawaii.

That’s boring, right? That’s not a good use of our time. Anything I can do to help. And that’s what you guys get when you guys come out to Hawaii here in January. Again, join the club, simplepassivecashflow.com/club, and I enjoy the Thanksgiving holidays and we will see you guys in December.

Live for Free | House Hacking With Andrew Kerr

What’s up folks, we’re gonna be talking a little bit about house hacking. Now house hacking might be for the younger guys, in my opinion. Great way to get started when you’re low on capital. Most of you guys out there have spouses. That’ll probably kill you if you even consider having somebody else live in the house with you guys.

Maybe not the best idea for people who want to stay married or above the age of 30. But, maybe if you guys have kids, this might be a great option to reach out to them. Or, maybe if you’ve got kids in college, maybe your kids can house hack it. And this is a great way to collect rent and see how money really is made as opposed to trading time at your W2 day job.

But before we get going, somebody asks a question there, people send me emails all the time and they say, “ Hey, I found this investment making 13%, 15% a year. And I just glanced at it and not all investments are made the same. And the first question that most sophisticated investors ask, including myself is like, what’s this investment backed off of, of course. Beyond performers can mean anything, but this is more like, all right, say an investment performer is. It’s not just some kind of crazy Bitcoin mining machine based on the price of Bitcoin. Where if Bitcoin tanks, so does your investment because it’s based on that, but let’s just say it’s like a legit investment that, there’s a sound P and L and supposedly you’re gonna get 14, 15% off.

The next thing is what do you collateralize? By what are you backed by as what we talk about? When sophisticated investors talk and, sometimes, you’ll see these investments and, there’s kind of one making that reigns through the internet.

Is that you’re investing in these businesses or providing startup capital, but, again, answering that. Butterfly money collateralized by there’s not by much. And which is why it’s a risky investment. And which is why it’s a higher rate of return, or it commands that because it’s more risky.

And this is, I think, where a lot of newer investors chase the higher returns. Ooh, 15%, Ooh, 18%. And they just gravitate towards that, but they just don’t stop to think and ask this question and they realize if things go bad, if shit hits the fan what are they gonna go and collect?

On the right. The nice thing about real estate is the real estate is there and it typically doesn’t go up and down in value. And if it does go down in value, just hold and wait till the better time for the sale, an operational business, like the one I’m referring to here that has like this higher rate of return.

In bad times or, if you ever needed to recollect on the asset’s not worth very much some of these businesses, there’s no real physical inventory. And even if you, there was some inventory in some warehouse somewhere, good luck. Even collecting pennies on the dollar on that.

That’s just another view to look at these types of investments and at least spotting out the bad ones. Another thing that I see going around a lot, especially in the house flipper world, is that there are pretty a lot of good house flippers. Once they do it for several years, they realize house flipping really doesn’t make that much money and it’s super risky.

So what do they like to do? They like to become a marketer, use their social media influence, and that’s why you see all these silly house flippers on social media, all the. Creating this brand. And what they’re essentially doing is they’re taking the unsuspecting passive investors and putting them in a newer house slippers deal and making money on the spread.

So what this kind of more experienced house slipper is doing is they’re pawning off. Somebody else’s deal as they’re up. Some newer flipper who’s really inexperienced, a huge risk. They, their fair market rent for private money might be in the 20% range. Sounds crazy, but it’s also very crazy to be investing in a newer flipper.

It’s, very bad paper. If you wanna use that industry. So what this kind of this middle man will do is they’ll pay, they’ll charge 20% to that newer flipper. And then they’ll give the passive investor 12 to 15% and obviously pocket the spread in the middle. And yeah, I think this is there’s some bid of a cloaking of this a lot of times, and a lot of times just the past investor really doesn’t have the experience to ask the question who the heck is the operator?

And this obviously happens in the syndication world, too, right? Where you have these kind of Daisy chain deals put together. And there’s everybody in their mother raising capital, which, in my opinion, is illegal. because, you need to be a licensed broker dealer to be able to do that.

You need to be an operator and not just a capital razor for that deal, but, I think that’s where there’s all sorts of things out there going on and, potentially nefarious activity and it’s hard for passive investors. And that’s why we always tell you guys, build a network, get going building your inner circle.

And that’s what we provide in the family office. Oana mastermind. There’s well over 90 members in that group right now. We asked you guys to test drive our organization, see if it’s the right fit for you. I really don’t think that there’s anything else better out there with this much sophisticated, accredited passive investors, right?

We’re not some real estate groupy group trying to teach you how to fake it to you, make it and make it rich. Cuz quite honestly, a lot of those groups. The failure rate is like 95, 90 7%. It’s and that’s why I never wanted to create a group like that. I wanted to create a group for folks like myself who are still working their jobs, still running busy entrepreneur businesses.

And how do you be the best pass investor on the side? And my whole formula was for that is relationships and really banding together with a bunch of other purely passive investors and trading the best trade secrets, where to invest who to stay away from, and then ultimately building those relationships with the people. If you guys are interested in that, check out simplepassivecashflow.com/journey for more details and enjoy the show.

Hey, simple passive casual listeners. Today. We are gonna talk about house hacking and how you can implement that or do that alongside of your normal investing or do that as a primary form of investing our guest today is Andrew Kerr from fi by rei.com. So Let’s get into your story, cuz you’re pretty accomplished real estate investor been doing it a while. How maybe give us a little rundown of how you got to this point. I had actually was working in the mortgage banking industry. I skipped college, started right away at 19 working and by 20 I was doing well enough where I could buy my own home.

So at 20 I bought my own place and I did this sort of house hacking style room rental, where I bought a place running out the other rooms. So my roommates, my friends were essentially covering my cost of my mortgage and along the way I had built up. Decent size real estate portfolio. I ended 2016 with about 40 doors, 40 rental units spread out across a couple different states, but most of my investments were there in North Carolina where I grew up.

And then I had this progression in life where I wanted to change my lifestyle. And started selling off all my properties that I actively own and actively managed and started investing in passive income. So I started investing in larger syndications where all I had to do was manage the sponsor or the individual or the team that was running the, this syndication.

And that’s let me free up a lot of time to focus on passion projects, like working for nonprofits and travel. And I think a lot of people listen and they hear about your story and how you’re investing in bigger syndications. And obviously my story is sort very similar. I started in 2009 and our paths it looks like a mirror a little bit.

Yeah. And they’re like I’m gonna invest in syndications, it took a long time. For me, it took since 2009 and then 2015, getting up to 11 rentals. And when did you start again? Just to give some people, how long it. It’s it grows at a snail space, right?

Yeah. I really started going heavy in real estate there in 2010, 2011. I had, while I had bought my first house at 20 and I had owned that property for quite a while. I didn’t go heavy there until 2010. And that was partly because I went from. The mortgage industry, where I had a six figure income to working in the nonprofit industry, where I started as a volunteer with an $800 a month stipend to then $2,000 a month.

So I did it built up a real estate portfolio on a very minimum budget, very minimum salary. And. It takes you about six to 10 years to really change your life around with real estate, which in the grand scheme of things, when you look at it, if you’re gonna be 70, 80, 90, a hundred years old, focusing really hard for six to eight years, isn’t that long of a period of a time.

I know a bunch of investors they’ll do the short term rentals or the house hacking very similar variety, but at some point you had a turning point where you’re like, screw this is too much work. Was there any kind of particular thing you can remember back to, or was it a sort of a gradual thing of slowly transitioning into syndications?

Yeah, it was a bit of a gradual thing, I’m 37 now. So when I started going really into it, it. Late twenties. And at that time I had more time on my hands. I did not nonprofit work. I did hanging cabinets. I did floors. I did painting. I didn’t have capital. So I did a lot of the work myself and the two niches I focused on were.

College housing and affordable housing. And then as life progressed, you start to get into your thirties. You start to get serious relationships, you get engaged, you get married. And I just wanted to be more hands off. My college housing portfolio was always managed by someone else, my affordable housing I did until I just ended up selling it, but just life as transitioned, you wanna spend time on different things.

It is just this progression where I didn’t want to be involved on the day to day anymore. And that’s where I started as I sold off my portfolio, reinvesting it passively into syndications. If you could define house hacking for us and we’ll get into your little twist on house sacking, cuz I, I think when people hear it, it’s it can mean a lot of things, Yeah. So I really look at house hacking as just making a slightly different choice for your housing. All the way back to a lot of folks have read that rich dad, poor dad book that basically says your house is a liability, not an asset. So the idea is just to do the slight change on how you pick your housing, especially if you’re in a high cost of living area.

So you can reduce. That 30 to 40% of your budget. That’s on housing and cut that in half or completely reduce it. And then the idea with house hacking is I define it as these six styles of house hacking. There’s the room rental style house hacking where you buy a big house, you rent out the rooms.

That’s great when you’re just getting outta college and then. There’s the sort of live and flip where you’ll live in the house for a year or two while you’re renovated, and then you sell it. That’s a lot of work. It’s not great for a family. Then those couple other styles are this sort of income suite where you convert a basement or you have a mother-in-law suite.

You have an accessory dwelling unit, like a pool house that you can rent out or a garage apartment, you have this sort of small multifamily and then you have a work provided housing. And then the idea is with all those different styles, you can run out to long term tenants. You can run out to short term tenants like Airbnb, V R B O, or you can do midterm.

Sort of rentals where you rent to corporate housing or traveling nurses. And the idea is you pick the model that’s best for you and pick the type of tenant base that you want. And it lets you reduce your housing costs. My first two house hacks were that room rental style. My third and fourth house hack were this sort of more luxury house hack where we bought this small multi-family property and really created these high end apartments for it.

And I’m happy to dig in more to that style of house hacking if you want. Yeah. When you went, when you did that style the more higher end one was that a short term or long term, the way you did. Yeah, we did a little bit of both. So when we moved to new Orleans, about four years ago, we run in an apartment right away because we wanted to start for looking for real estate and to do a house hack.

And what we found was this old 1920s corner store property that was in really bad shape, had broken sewer lines, it needed new roof. It had knob and tube wiring. And what we did is we gutted it to the studs and we converted it to three high end apartments. And then out back was this barn building that we turned into a one car garage and a sort of carriage house guest house.

And what we do with that carriage house is we rent it out on Airbnb, V R B O. So like during Mardi Graw we get 200 bucks a night for this $500 square foot place. Then the main building. We live in the upstairs, which is a two bedroom, one bathroom apartment. And a lot of folks when they think of house hacking is you really gotta sacrifice on CRE creature comforts.

You can really do it really nice where, we’ve got the farmhouse sink, the stone countertop, the higher end kitchen cabinets with the crown molding. We have a jacuzzi tub in the bathroom, $20 square foot, marble floor in the bathroom, hardwood floors. And then downstairs, we have long term tenants, we got a one bedroom and then a two bedroom.

And the really basic idea of it is those downtown stairs tenants cover our mortgage and a little bit of the taxes and the insurance for the property. And then that short term rental Outback covers all our additional costs. And we usually make, five to 10 grand on the property as well. So not only do we have a really comfortable, nice, higher end place to live, but we also have zero housing costs and then usually are able to pocket some money off of it.

And that gives us a lot of freedom to do a lot of other things that we want in. And you’re taking advantage of it’s your primary home. So in terms of financing and were you doing like a FHA, like 3% down or, yeah, for this one, we actually used hard money because it needed so much work. We bought it for two 70 and it needed to be gut to the studs and we put in about 250,000 into renovating it.

So we used hard money. We got all the renovations done after about 11 months we moved in and then we refinanced out with the conventional loan and then we’re able to pull back out most of the cash we put into it with our equity line that we added on the property. We’re actually working on a new property, which is just a due duplex, which is gonna be a higher end house hack as well.

But like with that, we ended up doing a FHA loan cause we’re sitting on a bunch of cash, but we wanted to. Have that cash on hand to do the renovations and do the value, add expansion on this next property that we’re looking at. So there’s a lot of opportunities out there, but most people, if they’re short on cash will use that FHA loan to do a house hack, cuz you only have to put that three and a half percent down.

And the, you get a little bit better interest rate when you’re the when you actually live in that property, as opposed to a non-owner occupied property, I would say probably what a quarter point or a half a point better. Yeah. Usually about a half a point dependent on the bank. So it ends up being work, working out pretty well.

I know a lot of listeners they live in like California, where a lot of these higher price markets are, they’re priced out. They don’t hit the 1% rent value ratio. And for those people I’ll say, Hey, go outta state rent. Get above that 1% rent value ratio, but some people.

They have limitations and it is what it is. I say something is better than nothing. At least you get outta the stock market and all of those type of investments and house hacking is another option. Or maybe you can go over some strategies for folks who have been investing, but it more, it’s more of a lifestyle change too.

And part of it is with the house hack house. Doesn’t have to meet the conventional 1% role. If you wanna buy the property and have it be a long term rental, you should definitely have it meet those traditional real estate investing roles. But, we’ve worked with some folks that have done house hacks where, maybe you’re in that high cost of living area like California or Seattle or New York and your housing costs are.

Three grand a month. If you can do a house hack and just reduce your cost to 1500 a month, that can be life changing for a lot of folks. Maybe the property will never become a long term rental, but if you need a place to live for that next 5, 7, 10 years, and if you were cut and cut those housing costs in half, most people for $1,500 a month, that gets ’em a new car, that lets ’em travel.

If they want to travel that lets ’em pay down debt, for $1,500 a month in savings. You can max out a 401k at work. So even if you never want to be a big real estate investor, or you’re just trying to, or you wanna save money to invest in real estate, do a house hack in, in that higher cost of living area and reduce your housing costs that will frees up the cash that you can then put in other places.

So now maybe you’ll feel more comfortable investing that estate. Any other nuances about house hacking that after being doing it for a few years, You know the listener out there might, clean some insight over just anything random. Yeah. The biggest thing is that most people had this default of, if I’m doing a house hack I gotta become a giant real estate investor and that’s not true.

And then the other is most folks feel like, oh, house hacking is something you can only do in your twenties. And it’s where you’re gonna have all these giant roommates. And you can really. Quite the opposite of that, where while my wife and I have tenants living below us, we didn’t have to sacrifice on any creature comforts.

Where we live in new Orleans, we have the street car two and a half blocks from us. We have bars, restaurants, grocery store Walgreens, within four or five blocks walking distance, we’ve got original hardwood floors in the place, 11 and a half 12 foot ceilings. That’s this misconception a lot of folks have with house hacking is it has to be giving up and making a lot of sacrifices on location or space.

If you plan for it, you can really get everything you want. And that’s the obvious cons, right? You’re living near your tenants. Me personally, I’m an introvert and I that’s a big one for me. , that’s why I don’t do it. I actually house hacked my primary residence in Seattle for I put it on Airbnb and that was just tiring to have people come in and out.

I just rented like the bottom floor. So I’ve done it, but I know a lot of people there, they might be a little bit more outgoing and they might like to chat up people who are out of town. If that’s you this could be something that you wanna create your life around and.

I guess a captive audience for all your stories, if whatever you will, but maybe give people like insight in your life today. Like how are you using house hacking cuz you’re you’re definitely more on the fi side of things and just given an idea or another viewpoint of things you don’t hear talked about in the workplace cubic.

So back in 2016, I had from building up with those portfolios and selling off money and reinvesting, I got to where in that sort of P community folks call lean fire. So I achieved that towards the end of 2016, and now I’m working towards fad fire, but what house hacking lets us do is, You essentially have five big expenses.

You’ve got taxes, you’ve got healthcare, you’ve got your housing. You’ve got automobile and food and real estate through the depreciation and doing things like cost segmentation. I’ve essentially offset almost all of my income. I have a very minimal taxes. And then by eliminating my housing costs through house hacking, I freed up 50% of my income.

Just by reducing my taxes, my tax liability, and by eliminating my housing costs and that lets me work for a nonprofit. Traditionally, in nonprofit world, you don’t get paid a lot of money. You also don’t have lucrative benefits, stock options, retirement accounts, those type of things, where I know my retirement set from a real estate portfolio and through house hacking, we also, my wife and I have a huge passion for traveling.

I’ve been to 34 35 countries and she’s been to 40, every year we seem to take off for several weeks and travel. By knowing that we have zero housing costs, it’s really easy to say, let’s go to the middle east for three weeks and we don’t have to worry about covering a cost of rent or mortgage back home.

So it just gives you a lot of flexibility in life. So you’ve left the 40 hour a week type of job in an office. Both of you guys are no longer doing. That you can travel. O oddly enough, I ended up sometimes with the nonprofit work. I ended up spending 50, 60 hours a week, partly just because I love it.

But yeah, I work from home managing my real estate portfolio and then doing some nonprofit work. And then travel. So in 2019 we visited guitar, Egypt, Jordan. We went to Jamaica, we went to Mexico and then we visited family and friends throughout the us. So it’s just given us a lot of flexibility, but yeah, we definitely don’t travel full time.

That’s a little too much for us, now in our thirties, we like to have a home base that we can come back to in a regular bed we can sleep in. And we like to just go out and travel, for a long weekend, a week or several weeks at a time. Yeah. I hear you. We’re about the same age and it’s nice to have a garage so you can put stuff in it, right?

Yeah. A bunch of bigger toys. Maybe if you could go over like the high level of your portfolio, right now people are thinking you’re not the Airbnb guy, but the house hacking guy, but how does it look and what’s the percentages of, is it like half syndications, half active, more active income like this?

We’re currently living on our third house hack, which is essentially four units. And we’re currently renovating our fourth house hack, which is a duplex. That’s all we actively manage. When we move out of our third house hack, I’ll actually turn it over to a property manager.

and then I will, when we’re living in the duplex, I just use cozy to collect rent, manage maintenance request from that person living on the other side. That’s all that we own now. And then probably about 80% of my net worth is in syndications. And then the other 20% is in, IRA, 401k, Vanguard, brokerage account, where I take that, jail call and simple path to wealth.

Idea of investing where you’re in a index fund and passively invest that way. Outside of those, I guess it’s six units that I actively manage. Everything else is in syndications. And I think at this point, I’m, I don’t know, maybe in 10 syndications now, I think. And you made me chuckle a little bit.

You actually said you were gonna go visit one of these deals before you go invest in it. I always put it out to my investors. I’m gonna be in Huntsville later on this week. If anybody wants to come join along with me and out of the thousand or people, or so, only a handful of people come cuz everybody’s busy.

Like it’s a little hard except a guy like Andrew shows up cuz he’s got, nothing better to do no offense. That’s the kind of life you want. Exactly. Another thing, I think some folks get too lazy with passive investments where they’re like, oh, it’s passive.

I don’t have to manage it. And my approach has always been, yes, you’re investing in a syndication, but you should still check up on your syndicate or. And then also check up on the property. So I’ve used a service called we go look where if I’m not traveling to the area, you can hire, we go look and they’ll send out a Looker who will then take pictures of the property and you spend a hundred, hundred 50 bucks, I’ll do that where.

The syndicator will send back a report for us. I’ll actually send out. They like, oh, the report says they just renovated the roof. They did all new siding, did all new windows and did landscaping. He sent pictures, but let me spend 150 bucks to send someone out to verify that works actually done. And it wasn’t just something they pulled off the internet.

So I’m always big on while it’s passive. You still need to mind your investments and check up on them from time to. . Yeah. And when I have people come out, we check out units. But if you’re going out by yourself, you’re typically not gonna be able to do that, nor do we encourage ops to even talk with the property management.

A lot of these deals, there’s 50, a hundred guys that’s impractical and not very good LP etiquette, but. What I do recommend LPs do is go ahead and check out the property and walk it and get the feel for it. Is this really a, B, or is it more of a B class neighborhood?

Absolutely. Any insights there that things you key in on, like I know personally, I look for bars on the windows, in the, is it in a primary residence kind of areas and renters area? What kind of cars people are driving? Anything that you can. Kind of things you’ve picked out or things you look at when you do this.

It’s a brief and how long is the trip? Oh a lot of times it’s really short and I love the fact that you mentioned that sort of etiquette is. So when I go in, I don’t go bother the property management. I don’t disturb the tenants. It’s very much, I’m gonna go drive through the apartment community or walk through the apartment community.

Or I might go in not announcing that I’m an owner where if they’ve got, Open house, or if they’ve got the onsite office where I’ll go in and just ask about what apartments are renting for and get the materials. You definitely want to have some etiquette and don’t go in trying to act like you own the place.

Definitely have good etiquette. But yeah, what I like is I love to see where the closest Starbucks is. What’s the closest grocery store and then any other single family neighborhoods that are around, do they have window units? Do they have the AC units in the windows? Do they, like you said, the bars on the window, are there check cashing places close by?

Usually if there’s a check cashing close by you’re definitely a C or. Area unit, if there’s a Starbucks close by, you’re pretty much a B or an a, a class unit. So I try to look at those things. And then I also look at the schools and then what are the ratings of the schools that are close by?

And that can tell you a lot about an area as well. But yeah, most of the time I’ll try to visit friends in the area or go to do some nonprofit work. And then I might spend an hour or two where I’ll drive through the community and drive through their surrounding neighborhood. Just to get a sense.

What are the window? What are you looking for? The window units there? So a as an example, if you’re looking at a single family neighborhood and it looks like it’s an older neighborhood and there’s the window air conditioning units that tells me it’s no central air, no central heat. So it’s an older unit and.

Renovations haven’t gotten into that area yet. So if you drive down a street and you see half the houses have window AC units, it’s definitely more affordable housing, affordable rent area where you can go buy a window AC unit for a hundred bucks at lowes or home Depot, where to put in a central air AC and heat, you could spend eight, 10 grand or more.

It’s something that I always look for to tell what the neighborhood’s and that gives me indication if it is a, B or a C class area. Yeah. I look for the, if it is sort of sensor air which a lot of properties like in Alabama are, for example, If there’s a cage on it. When I had my single family, I always put cages on it.

If it was B minus or worse, I, oh yeah. I probably had two or three of those things grow legs and run away. Yep. I’ve been there. But it’s weird in some, in other markets like Texas, your class C stuff, they don’t have, it’s not normal to have cages on ’em so it’s all a regional thing. Texas, everyone carries guns in Texas yeah.

Yeah. And that was, you. Come up with these stories of reasoning. That was my reasoning too. It’s so hot there. It’s man, you just don’t do that. So Andrew runs fi by REI a A website, a lot about a lot of articles about house hacking.

You’ve got the podcast, you just check that out. But yeah, appreciate you coming on and yeah, you getting to know you a little better here. Thanks lane. And we’ll have to get you on our show to talk about your early house hacking experience and where you’ve been going with your real estate investing.

All right. Everybody out there. Thanks for listening. Join the investment club, simplepassivecashflow .com/club. And let’s get on the phone and let’s see what we can do to move you guys forward to financial freedom. It might not be an apartment deal, might not be a turnkey rental, sometimes it might just be a little a referral to the right CPA or some kind of tweak. Something’s better than doing the whole 401k thing, all right, guys, we’ll talk to you guys later. Bye

October 2022 Monthly Market Update

What’s up folks? This is the October, 2022 monthly market update where we go over different articles that I think are pertinent to real estate investors out there and probably other investors out there.

But if you haven’t yet, check out my book. The Journey is Simple, Passive Cash Flow, Passive Real Estate For the Working Professional. This is available on kindle and there’s the audio book version. If you guys wanna check out the YouTube version for free, you can go to simple passive cash flow.com/book.

But currently up to a hundred. Reviews, I think. So that’s cool. So at least a hundred people read it. Maybe more. If you guys are listening to this on iTunes, also check it out on the YouTube channel where you can check out all these cool slides that we have prepared for you guys. And then lot of, a lot of these articles have great graphs and visuals along with it.

But first thing off Starbucks plans to open 2000 new stores by 2025. Invest 450 million in existing locations. I think there’s a lot of Tucker recessions, but, I think you’re gonna see a lot of the big players have the capital to reinvest in, potentially rough times ahead or there could be some of the best times to invest.

All this is happening. While, they’re also applying to expand their mobile ordering offerings via the company’s app. So even with that, they’re still planning to expand real estate locations while HOP reports the 2022 safest cities in America. At the top of the list is Columbia, Maryland. Nashua, North Half New Hampshire, Laredo, Texas.

Portland, Maine. Orwick, Rhode Island. Yonkers, New York, Gilbert, Arizona. Huh? I didn’t know Gilbert was that safe. Burlington. I think it’s Virginia. Raleigh, North Carolina. Lewistown Main. For some of you guys who are curious, Honolulu, Hawaii is in the 75 and then some of the worst ones. La Chattanooga, Jackson, Mississippi, Oakland, Oklahoma City, Memphis, Baton Rouge, Detroit, San Bernardino, Fort Lauderdale, Saint Louis West.

Also on the same. Law enforcement employees per capital. Some of the top ones are Washington, DC, New York, New Jersey, St. Louis, Chicago. The fewest ones are font, California Monte, California, Fremont, California, Irvine, California, Trula Vista, California. Fewest traffic fatalities. And, that’s not too important.

You guys can check out that on the the channel. Later. So this is the, a little visual of the US 30 year fix just to, take that one data point. And these are all the month to month changes in the the interest rates basically. So what you’re seeing now is you’re seeing as of like quarter one of this year, Fed has been raising interest rates pretty greatly.

If this is all new to you, check out the podcast I did with Richard Duncan at simplepasscashflow.com/Duncan. We’ll tell you all about how that supply chain unemployment, you war Ukraine and Covid crisis and China, all is related. And I think after you watch that podcast slash video, I think it’s gonna make you a lot more comfortable with what’s happening out there.

The way I look at these kind of charts is, do you see the uptick right now? And in these upticks, they typically play themselves out a year. And that’s why I tell people, about 18 months from now, we should see the capital markets start to open up. And my prediction is we start to hit off to the races again.

That is, if you know the raising of interest rates is able to increase unemployment just slightly so we avoid a hard landing and do a soft landing recession. But you can see how in, few times in history, like the 19 eighties where the interest rates skyrocket a lot more than it did.

Now, some people I talk to, and this is more of an extreme point of view, think that the interest rates may need to get up to eight to 10%. We’re not there yet, how much more does the interest rates need to get pushed up so that unemployment comes back up? And unfortunately, home prices are gonna go down a little bit just because people aren’t gonna be able to get their affordability up to afford more via loans.

But that’s just a thought by product. Again, what we’re looking at is that unemployment to come up and for us to correct. And this is also the same thing. It’s, but it’s visualizing the interest rates in a little bit different fashion here. And we’re seeing this increase in 2022, the interest rates. And you see how it compares to the 2015 to 2018 climb, which was a lot longer and a lot more gradual. And then you see the nine, the 99, 2001, and then the big one.

I think the big one was like the 1980s there, so all this has been happened before and this is the one of the major levers that the Fed pulls to keep inflation at bay. This article, it’s talking about the rise of all of renters. Now, a lot of millennial renters are giving up ownership. Why? Because the prices of homes have gone away from them, even though they may be coming down. But affordability, due to the interest rates is allowing them to qualify for less. Now we don’t have any news, if any, May, Freddie Mac are gonna make things easier for borrowers to qualify for more.

But this this study done here by apartment list is suggesting that more and more millennials are just giving up and just saying, Screw it, we’re just gonna be renters. And gone up from, averaging around a 20% range at now, up to 24.7%. Of course this is all survey data, so you. Who know, survey data is always, there’s a level of fudge factor in there.

But I think that’s why we all are investors and we understand that the lower middle class, or at least the folks that are captured in this study, which are, the younger people not yet to their family formation years and they haven’t amass wealth yet, or down payments for properties.

It just makes more sense for them to rent. And this kind of coincides with a more mobile workforce, with people having to move around a lot for their jobs, especially because you’re not gonna be working at your job for the rest of your life. You’re gonna probably skip around and jump around to different employers.

Why are they saying that they’re not going to buy a house and instead rent forever? The biggest thing here is they just can’t afford it, which is 77% of their participants. Said that now this is the next excuse or if you wanna call it excuse, is I like the flexibility that renting provides, that has, that response has gone down slightly over the last few years.

And then also I prefer to avoid home maintenance and other additional costs. And other people think, I think buying a home is financially risk. I would say for most young people who are good at saving their money, I think buying a home is a bad thing to do. Although most people fall in the category of their bad worth, their money, and they need to force piggy bank at that point, I think buying a house makes more sense.

So if you’re confused by that and you’re a good saver, That’s how you say, join our club. Check out my article about buying a house to live in. Is it the right thing for you? Do you, which side of this paradigm do you fall in with the common guy who should buy a house or the people in our group who are, getting on the offense and buying assets and instead for going on buying that lovely primary house with the white picket fence.

I still rent, by the way, for what it’s worth. I practice what I preach for now. At some point I’ll probably wanna just enjoy life and spend my money for once. Also reports from Zumper, occupancy rates and the pace of rent increases are now falling in major metros as the renter.

Demand softens with fear of recession, kicks in with many renters assign as they put or trade down our most expensive option. And I think this is, we’ve had a quite a big of a run up, right? Some markets such as Phoenix, the rents were going up like 10 to 20% every. I know we just got back from Alabama where we had one property in particular where we had a lot of legacy tenants and we were rehabbing properties and we made the decision.

It’s finally time. After two years of ownership, that’s really time to bump up the rents up 25% and a lot of ’em are taking it. Every market is different, right? That’s why when you look at these national rent world statistics, you have to take it for with a grain of. But I would agree that in some markets, you know this, there people have this in the back of their head that perhaps Ace is looming as if that’s always a case, right?

Never know, but maybe me, people are using that as a means to, instead of springing for that $1,600 luxury apartment, just going for the $1,300 one. That makes sense. Which they should, I think. Also, maybe you can contribute this to the interest rates going up, but seller sentiment is decreasing with more inventory coming online in sales, taking longer to complete yet, I think you still seeing a lot of me major metros with the days under market of under a hundred, which is that, two to three months.

That’s considered a seller’s market. At that point because you don’t have that much inventory, but we’re still a lot of places still below that and therefore, or I dunno, therefore, or as a result we, there’s a general housing shortage, especially in some, particular markets. The growth states, their marching markets, as we call it.

Also millennials today are in their prime home buying years. The millennials are now 25 to 40. Man. How have they grown? According to the definition we use here as such, their home ownership rate has increased faster than any other generation over the past. Decade. So although we’re just talking about how they are gonna stay renters forever, the ones who are buying very quickly, a lot quicker than other generations prior to.

And maybe you can contribute to that, to the fact that in the Great Recession, 2008, 2010 era, that they just absolutely got beat. And it’s taken them well over a decade, almost a couple decades to recover. And the last five years they’ve greatly picked up the home buying. So this would be a great, if you guys were to come back to the YouTube channel.

If you’re listening on, we also put this on the podcast too for you guys who you’d like to drive in the car and listen. And I tried to describe these pictures as best as possible, this is probably one that you guys wanna check out on the YouTube channel, but it’s kinda interesting, if it has this, the lines of the silent generation, the baby boomers, Gen X, and they show the percent of home ownership rates.

Baby boomers have finally caught up with the silent generation. Maybe the silent generation is maybe no longer or statistically gone already, like they’re about that age already past the age 80. Not many of them are around it anymore. The. Baby boomers are potentially in the same clump with the silent generation that Gen X are sitting at 69%. Baby boomers and silent generation are about 78% home ownership, where the millennials at 48% at climbing.

What is the big issue with millennial renters not having down payment savings? Two thirds of prospective millennial home burners have no zero down, have zero down payment savings. Survey in 2022 said that 60 60% do not have any dedicated down payment savings, and only 60% have saved. $10,000, huh?

That’s pathetic. But hey, that’s what this national data is, right? A lot of you guys listening to these types of podcasts, at least our investor base, most of you guys, Our credit investors, making over six figures. And most of you guys, eh, I’d say if you make as a household 300,000, I typically see you guys saving 50 grand at least a year.

So you guys are definitely not the focus group captured in this pie chart. But, and I tell you that because number one, you take this data for a grain of salt. It’s not you particular driving in your car to your cool job. And it’s. Maybe an appreciation to it, right? Because if you’re listening to this and you have the time, you’re doing pretty good for yourself, but you can do better, right?

And that’s why we are further continuing along this financial independent journey together. If, and if that’s the case join our club simplepassivecashflow.com/club and let’s get to know each other a little bit better. We give everybody a free introduction call with myself.

I usually pretty quickly ascertain what the heck is going on and give you some pointers. I’m not fucking you financial advice cuz I’m not here to sell you some nonsense financial securities such, stock market stuff. But I’m just, I think it’s good that, when I talk to people, it’s not often that they get to size themselves up with people, their constituents, such as our.

A lot of you guys are the people who max up your 401ks, make good salaries, maybe even be the, the best person in your family financially let alone your friend group. And it’s. It’s nice to compare yourself with people who are also financially minded. That said, you keep doing that too much, you start to get really depressed and sometimes it’s good to compare down.

But no I think this is why it’s good for, if you guys have never made it out to a retreat, we always allow you guys to come to the, one of these events at least once to test drive our organization. Make sure you’re part of the club because the The retreat event page is going, is almost done, and we’ve got a hotel pick for Waikiki, so we’re gonna be releasing that and then ticket sales are going to be going starting here in the next month. So be on the lookout for that.

US apartment construction on track to reach 50 year high in 2022 is interesting, right? Supposedly we’re in a recession right now, or maybe some people have dub gloo, but, or is that just the unsophisticated investors out there? Because the institutional smart money, the developers, they are.

Building like crazy right now. A part of that is the obvious fundamental shortage in housing. Like New York developers have upped their game and the Metro is projected to see the highest number of units this year, surpassing Dallas Fort Worth Metro for the first time in And this is despite headwinds related to labor, shortfalls, material costs, and availability and supply chain issues.

This is that first article in a many that I’m gonna show where, the professionals, the institutions are in a way kind of doubling down as you saw Starbucks did, as we mentioned at the top of the call. So where are they building? I’m just gonna read up from the top to the bottom. New York, Dallas, Miami. Austin, Houston, Texas, Phoenix, Arizona. Ooh, that one’s a little small. I can’t see it. Atlanta, Georgia. Washington dc. Los Angeles, Orlando, Denver, Nashville, Raleigh, Charlotte, Chicago, Portland, San Francisco, Twin Cities. So those are the year from the top to bottom, top 20 metros for our compartment construction in 2022.

John Burns. He released this great infographic on the top, 10 signs of a market bubble. Some things that were not seen that normally would be indicative of a market bubble is, very high supply. We have very low supply right now. Days in their market in most places are under a hundred days, and so that’s not happening.

Other things, luxury cars for the staff. When you start to see shippers buying , just using a reference from that big, short movie. But when you start to see, regular blue collar folks jobs, buying luxury cars, that’s the time to scratch your head and that’s not happening. The other thing that’s not happening is creative mortgages, right?

Like after 2008, the federal government got involved and built a lot of fail safes. And then the last thing, the mortgage defaults and arms, we don’t have that anymore. Or at least it’s not as prevalent. And that is one of the, some of the things that are not happening that are indicative of a housing bubble.

There are some other things, and which is why I think we’ve already been in a recession for the last couple quarters. But the industry publications I read are saying we’re gonna be in this state in the next year. I think it’s gonna be more like 18 months, but 20, 24 we should be often running.

And I think it’s a mistake to wait. But just change your type of investing, right? Don’t go after these kinds of deals where there’s no equity or collateral, right? So what am I talking about? Maybe like in crypto or OutCo or ATM mining stuff, unless it’s with an industry leader or somebody with an unfair advantage, those are type of business that don’t really have any collateral behind them, which is why I still like investing in real estate. Now, if you really wanna be uber conservative, investing in real estate world is pretty conservative, but maybe stay away from some of the more heavier value add type of stuff and stick to more on the debt side or stabilize yield place.

So Hurricane Ian impacted the Florida’s apartment market. What’s the impact from that? Expect demand from vacant units, from displaced homeowners that’ll prob likely reverse a 2022 trend of declining occupancy rates across Florida. I don’t have any properties in Florida anymore. I had a DI in Putta Goda that luckily sold although, that’s what you got insurance for, but, I had some properties in the Gulf that we saw prior to this, and it’s a, I think this hurricane e, like an insurance broker told us that, man, if there’s one more major storm it comes through.

I don’t know who knows what the insurance rates are gonna be. I can say on a few deals that we had, insurance costs went up like threefold from what it originally was. And then who knows what this is gonna be? my thinking is that the insurance rates are gonna be so high or uninsurable that the federal government’s gonna have to get in and help back so people can buy insurance so people can live there.

But we’ll see how that plays out. But for now, hopefully that Tampa area recovers pretty quickly. This commercial property executive article continues with this catastrophic loss impact to insurance and reinsurance carriers. Carriers would be firmer in the requirement for increases and pressure on the magnitude of their thought process.

Retail and restaurants are probably the most vulnerable, but maybe not the most expensive. A lot of companies, especially in Florida, do plan to for catastrophic and for more expense it would be to replace their equipment. Then more seriously, they take it already. Florida was already seeing challenges in terms of securing capacity, high instruction costs, and supply chain issues.

Hurricane Ian has the potential to exasperate these market issues while making insurance difficult to find and maintain, and I would personally add on. , We’ll see what the premiums increase this next goal around.

So one trend that’s happening, multifamily developers are turning some dead space office into apartments. We’ve gotten involved in that as a group too, just know that these are some of the most difficult from an engineering perspective, cuz you’re tying into existing systems where if it were me and future developments, I would just prefer to.

Start off what we call the green field, right? Where we have a just. A flat bearing land. We finished the Chase Creek apartments. We were out there last week. We have move-ins now. Yay. It looks amazing. It’s a lot better than what I thought it was going to be. We’ve initially came up with the idea and man, did that project come together so quickly.

I believe summer of 2021 were where the con, the concrete pads were getting installed and, It didn’t take much more than a few months for the frames to get construction and then it to start to look like apartment complexes. So we’ve got 230 units out there in Huntsville, Alabama. Plan is to do more and if you guys wanna jump on the next deal, get to know us and join the club.

Jim Costello, Chief economist at s c I real Estate says the key issue people do not understand is just how difficult and expensive these conversions can be. And I think that’s what I mentioned earlier.

So here’s a trend that I’ve been tipping my investors, especially those who joined the club. With the difficulties in the capital markets, we were seeing Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac get a lot less aggressive on lending and giving outsource terms back in March and April, and now we’re starting to see some of the secondary lenders, community banks, et cetera, do the same.

Gray Star, which is traditionally one of the bigger operators out there, they’re starting to offer financing to multifamily borrowers because of this need, right? As big players pull out, there is a demand and folks like Gray Star are filling that void with obviously higher rates because that’s what the going rate is.

But this is also why we’ve switched. Our mindset and our acquisition strategy, and that’s why we’re really not doing deals anymore. I really don’t know how people are making these deals pencil these days with interest rates where they are, and because they can’t get really good lending, and this is where we’ve starting to fund deals as a lender.

Because it is a lot more secure, especially in uncertain times in the head, but still, still you gotta outpace inflation, right? And, we have to still remain active. In a way, we’re copying what Gray Star is doing here. The good news though is multifamily fundamentals remain strong.

A lot of people expect loan demand bounce that bounce back next year. Multifamily remains a favorite investment class and has continued to perform well. Another, this is more for the advanced investors out there, but commercial property Executor is commenting on the benefits of in interest rate caps at this time like this.

So interest rates, caps are, most times people are doing bridge loans these days, and the bad thing about the bridge loans is the rate can potentially jump up on you. Of course, if you’re doing value add, it’s not a huge deal because you’re generating so much force appreciation and you’re always gonna be, you should be in theory, over water or above water.

But one way you can mitigate that is doing a interest rate cap. So your interest rates can’t go above, say a percent or two. It is costly though, and though the Feds policy are raising the Fed’s funds rate and quantitative timing to help with inflation should eventually provide builders some relief.

It’s no wonder that in recent months borrow who plan to start construction projects have been asking their debt capital sources for fixed rate notes. . But in a way this is like an insurance policy or hedging. You pay little money for that that rate cap.

But right now they’re really expensive because everybody and their mother knows that interest rates are likely to go up several times at a half a point, three quarter point intervals. This is where I, I’m speculating we get into eight to 10% range for just regular, 30 year mortgages for people and then, it’ll go back down.

But this is where these rate caps are extremely expensive for folks, for operators. But here, you’re seeing, you can buy different term lengths and then the cost of doing them. For those people who buy options and calls and things like this type of chart will look very familiar to you guys. But, it’s, in the financial world is a lot.

Know, kind of these charts and in a way you’re just gambling at what’s happening in the future and you’re pricing in risk. Ari business online is, talking about battle over rent control. So municipalities in New York and California, these, more blue states have taken steps towards enacting further rent control. What states, such as Nevada are shooting them down entirely. These are the batter ground.

States to watch if you’re a landlord. Only five states, California, Maryland, New Jersey, New York, Oregon and Minnesota and DC have rent control laws in place. 31 states have preemptives that prevent rent control policies, including Florida, whose law bans local governments who controlling the price of rent in certain cases.

As one, California, New York probably need the the nation. They follow each other as a group. So they, to me as an investor, it’s always good to have one eye on this, but, if you’re one of those people gets stressed out and freaked out about all this type of stuff, don’t worry about it.
Just diversify your portfolio and you try and stay one step ahead of the curve and invest in the states that aren’t going to go down this.

There was a, an article here that kind of talked about the ground looks shaky. The safe thing is to dude, is to build multi-family assets. And this is the approach that we’re personally taking as we start to pick up more parcels of 20 to 50 acre pieces of land. If you guys have any let us know.

We’ll buy it from you because there is a, it’s a very safe play. If you can structure your contracts and you have the. The educated personnel and experience to take a dry piece of land or entitle piece of land and turn it into the highest and greatest use, which could be a class, a apartment, of course work.

Cross housing is a sector we still like to stay in. You have a lot of room for margin. I think the numbers on the last one, we just built like 180 grand with all hard and soft costs 188 grand per unit, we should be able to sell it for at least two 50 here in a bit. So you’re talking a huge profit margin right there.

And what I’m learning is that sophisticated investors, they don’t really care about the cash flow along the every month or every quarter. Because they have a bigger balance sheet, higher network or jobs. But what they care about is security and, making bigger racks of equity. And that’s what the developments come in.

So we’re gonna be focusing more and more on this. So if you guys want the insight scoop on this make sure you guys are part of the club and you completed your onboarding protocols. Call with myself, et cetera. And first step, go to simplepassivecashflow.com/club. The Congress passed Inflation Reduction Act, which everybody joked and, uttered that.

Yeah. How the hell can you create an inflection reduction act when you’re spending billions of dollars in the process, but not much from my circle has come, ways you can use this. One of the most significant benefits of was the ira ex is the expansion of the Advanced Energy Project tax credit.

This allows you to credits up to 30% of the investment property using qualifying advanced energy project that is certified by the department Energy. So what does that mean? I think this is the point where they write it and then they administer some letters down the road. So some of the drawbacks that came out of this inflation reduction act is an enactment of the corporate minimum book tax. Minimum tax would be 50% of book income, which is amount of income showed on the applicable corporations financial statements.

Fortunately, this doesn’t really infect individuals like any stimulus checko, right? But this goes out to the municipalities. The states are already providing some economic development incentives for new or expanding manufacturing facilities, either in the form of property tax exemptions or income tax credits.

So some things that are not included in the final edition of the bill are changes to the carried interest requirements that would’ve had a tremendous negative impact on the multi-family industry. So what carried interest is some. Sponsors, general partners who only get paid when passive investors get paid there.

There’s some tax benefits to that. It gets taxed at a different rate, or like the big mutual funds or big, big funds out there, those leaders get paid off. Carried interest That has been left off the table. I’m just, I’m pointing this out because this is just another thing that they put in there to scare everybody.

Or maybe the Republicans put it there to scare of Democrats or who knows, vice versa. But a lot of these things put in there and then when these things are actually written, most of these concerns just fall off the map. What was the last one earlier this year was they were gonna threaten everybody’s self-directed IRAs, where you, now you had to get this cumbersome type of, Appraisal done every single time. That costed you a fortune. You know that stuff like that. They put it out there and then they pulled it back at the last revision.

So how the inflation direction will affect multifamily Some things that are impacting those you guys who invest in apartments the base tax credit efficient commercial buildings deduction. The new energy efficient home credit will now apply to all buildings that meet energy staff, multifamily, new construction programs to 2032. So that’s an extension there.

Other things. One, building in total grants to help states adopt recent residential commercial building energy codes, 8 million to HUD to provide grants for loans for affordable housing properties. So that, I think that helps out a lot of investors here. That just means better when the capital markets do open up a little bit, that’s the money to you know, back and ensure some of these loans.

Then just over three billing for funding for state and local governments to improve neighborhood access and equity, including infrastructure improvements in antis displacement policies. I don’t know if it was in this program, but I do know. That additional funding got released. Lisa, were talking with our operations folks who sit down with the tenants to help them apply for government assistance.

That funnel was back on, some of the buildings in certain municipalities or ju or under the viewpoint of certain judges, going through the eviction process. Some, there are people getting those government checks, that government assistance. So that’s good news for us.

A multi-housing news says some horn prefer single family rentals discovered that one in four owners would live in a rental house if they could find a place that meet their exact needs. And I always question these types of surveys because it’s sure they would love to live in a house, but can they afford the damn.

Just like a lot of our investors, they always say, this happens two or three times a year. I get investors saying, Yeah, I’m gonna be talking with my tenant in my rental property, and they wanna owner finance it. So it’d be a great way to not pay taxes and get a good price. And I’m like, I laugh because it’s Dude, I’ve never seen that happen.

Every tenant wants to buy the house. They live. And none of ’em have the credit score, let alone $10,000 to the name for a down payment. So you’re better off just selling the thing, unlocking the equity, and then putting it into other syndications or buying more rentals. But I’m just telling you, if you guys are listening out there and you have tenants ain’t gonna happen.

It’s just they run their credit score first. Make sure it’s at least over 6 50, 700. If not. It’s a pipe. Here’s what the the big guys are doing. So when Blackstone, a private equity giant, flowed the idea of creating vast portfolios of homes after the global financial crisis, the banks view refused to lend it. One of the firms Ran the idea by Sam z, a property mobile who sold Blackstone, his 39 billion office empire before the financial crisis.

Said no way for a investor routinely sping on hotel chains and swanky office towers. The buy to let business seem like small fight by comparison. Now you’re seeing like a lot of these Wall Street companies snapping up family homes, single family homes, just. Mom and Paul investors, but unlike you guys, mom and or mom and Paul investors out there who tend to own no more than a handful of homes, the biggest institutions hold tens of thousands of these things and offered renovation and probably run these things a lot more tighter ship.

There’s obviously, we’ve seen this before, 2009, 2012, where these guys would come in and they’re not super effective at, managing. These portfolios, they’re coming in again and it could be an opportunity for some of you guys to unload some of yours, but just know that it’s, I’ve always thought like single family homes was like a last frontier that, the regular person could buy, get into real estate and transcend themselves to a credit investor status and beyond without having to work at a high paid job for more than a decade.

Seems like that, that this little opportunity may be going away. It’s sad. It’s sad. It’s if Sanel created like a trillion dollar fund to go after the essential oil companies and compete directly head in head with them and all their direct multi-level marketing consultants essentially the same.

don’t know why they would do that, but if they did a Fannie Mae projects modest recession in 2023 the combination of high inflation monetary policy tightening and slowing housing market will likely tip the economy in a modest recession next year. I would argue we’re already there. As I do believe the second quarter of negative GDP growth, which we had, is a definition of a recess.

Fannie Mae Pilots positive only rent payment reporting program. So here’s one of the things that I, I uncovered that Fannie Mae is, like pseudo government entity, they launched this program to they’re only gonna report the payments made so that they. Let the credit bureaus and also people can start to improve their credit scores now when they’re renting.

Now I don’t know what, like a non-report of a positive, one’s gotta assume that the dude didn’t pay, but it’s, I think this is a, as a landlord or a property owner, I like this because it gives me some insight into who the heck we are renting. That there’s some kind of trended history there instead of just some random people off the internet or Craigslist people, you, I joke there, but, or people coming off the street literally.

But that’s something that they’re putting together and they’re, the reason why they’re doing is they want people to improve their credit scores to eventually buy houses to live, or, at least the qualified ones South region sees the most pandemic error, revenue growth. We’ve talked about this many times. The particular metric focus on rent row, but does not include many these or concessions. So it provides a nice apples to apples comparison of revenue performance across regions and markets.

The northeast, again, really outperform through 2020, in fact, A in the west region there was a slight declined. Both the West and the South saw revenue increases of about 10 cents per square foot during 2020.

V reports rising rent, please. Prices are keeping inflation high. It’s a chicken and egg thing. Is it the rents going up? Is it pay going up or is it just general inflation? Either way it’s all going up. The typical US monthly rent was $2,090 in August, up 12.3% from a year before is much higher than it was before the pandemic.

In February, 2020, the national average rent was 16 at 60. So e economic policy makers closely watch rent prices, not only because consumers spent spend a big portion of their budgets on housing, but also because the categories a major contributors. So set to inflation shelter is a larger component to the CPI making up 30% of the or in inflation. You know what’s messed up about the inflation numbers?

Like they don’t take into account like oil prices and some other things. You guys can check out, like there’s a lot, if you google this train of thought that I’m having, it’s, you’re gonna probably agree with me, but to me, I don’t like how they include like housing. Housing is such a huge thing, part they have to, but I almost like to be an industry like in like oil and gas, like where.

You can just increase your prices on people and then it doesn’t get captured in the cpi. But that’s just my side comment there. One of the questions that we get a lot, and in this article in its title, Do households flock to BC properties during recessions and. BC apartment performance certainly does hold up better than Class A in times of economic stress. Based on, the two graphs here showing, the sustainably higher rent growth than Class A properties.

Maybe about double that. Not all recessions or economic stress are the same. So The pandemic was very interesting because you had people working from home who were more on the higher end. Your white collar workers, your knowledge workers who work from home and order Ubers eats and they were pretty untouched.

And where your b and c workers, where your frontline workers, you’re people who have, expendable jobs, where when people went out of business, they cut those jobs. Those are people who struggled the most during the pandemic. So the complete opposite. What would happen in a normal economic stress or recession, but in a typical recession, that’s what this happens.

And this is why we effectively invest in workforce housing. And this is why I would not really suggest like building a portfolio entirely of short term rentals, right? Cuz it’s more of a discretionary item. Now we are gonna be rolling out I’m gonna be getting involved in some of that type of stuff, so stay tuned.

So make sure you guys, jump on the the newsletter email list. Again, like you wanna diversify portfolio. But primarily most of my portfolio is in this workforce housing sector. I don’t do that much Class C these days. I’m not a huge fan of that type of stuff. I still like the class B stuff.

Board. This is from Moody’s Analytics. By the way. During the last three recessions, both class A and BC absorption levels declined from their respective cyclical peaks, but class A levels and deltas actually remain relatively stronger than Class Bs, which is exactly what I was mentioning. The pandemic hurt the lower end instead of the upper end, which is a little.

There’s this really cool class cut absorption and rep income that we have on the screen here. If you guys can check out later, I’m not gonna get into it too much, but the last point here is after recession’s official end that many households. Those have been out of work for a long while or have had to take a job with a reduced hours, or incomes have burned through much of their savings and are finally forced to trade down.

So there can be quite a bit of a leg. No different than like the leg that we’re seeing right now with inflation, right? We’ve been trying to get that damn thing down, but there’s just so much liquidity in the system, right? Because if you go look at the Rich Duncan videos, there’s so much fake money pumped into the system.

That it’s gonna take a while for that money to vacate, for inflation to come down. No different than, most people generally have some savings out there. It takes a while, a leg for that to, expend out for people to finally say, Oh my God, I gotta change. I gotta go to a cheaper rent apartment.

Two straight quarters, a negative GDP growth and persistent inflation signal that the US economy is starting down a recession in the near future, if not one in already. Class B and C rent growth has outpaced class a’s through the first half of 2022, and in the first quarter of the year, class B. C absorption outpace Class A for the only, the second time in the over two decades tracking this data.

It’s a sign that household budgets are a bit pinched due to inflation, but it is also a reflection of minimal supply growth and a more social problem of persistent income inequality. Two things unlikely to improve over the next couple of years. The risk get richer, the poor get poured. Whether it’s right or wrong, it is what it is and that’s happening.

And as an investor, you guys need to understand that and put your money in the right places. I would so argue that Class B and C are probably the places to be if you wanna play a more hedge strategy. Although as an operator of 8,500 units, I will also say that It’s not all smooth sailing month to month, right?

You try and go into deals where there’s adequate cash flow, but you have to protect the asset, which means having enough cash reserves and if you. From a month to month basis, you’re gonna have higher months of vacancy, evictions, et cetera, than others. And this is why we’re switching and focusing on a lot more developments in the future.

We don’t have to deal with all that tenants, toilets and termites in a way. So he’s gone full circle again. But I think, you have to diversify your portfolio and all kinds of things and. In the alternative investment world,

and that comes up to the end folks. So we’re gonna be doing the retreat in January to 2023. So join the club to get first access to that simplepassivecashflow.com/club. Those you guys are in the family office group. The phone, you guys are gonna get first crack at it. So if you guys are in that group, When we send you guys your checkout forms, sign up for it as soon as possible because you guys get the best pricing and we try to hold slots for you guys.

But after a while, we need to know what our head count is. We need to know who’s coming. If not, I’m going to get stressed out and we need to plan the activities for that three day retreat here in Hawaii. That’s gonna be coming out probably after Halloween time, so you guys have some time if you guys are new to the group get on board. And if not, check out the book, simplepassivecashflow.com/book and I will see you guys next month.

 

In Depth: How Infinite Banking HELPS You as an Investor

On today’s podcast, we are going to be replaying the almost two hour long webinar that we did on the introduction to infinite banking. Now, if you guys wanna check this out on the YouTube channel, go to simple passer cash flow.com/banking. And you can access the YouTube video there. So you can also go along with the slides. I wanted to leave it here because I think a lot of you guys are audio learners and also the team has gone on the road this past week.

Depending on when you’re listening to this audio we are either getting over our October 1st Napa valley hangover. Or we are already doing our property tours and our grand opening party of our new Chase Creek apartments in Huntsville, Alabama.

If you guys have been trying to get a hold of us to book your introductory calls with us, we can get to know you a little bit better. Please get on that right away because my schedule is booked up as I get back into the swing of things later on in October, but super happy to meet all of you guys in person.

If it’s not too late, please sign up for that October 6th, seventh in Huntsville, Alabama, If you really like this infinite banking concept again, you can go to simple passive cash flow.com/banking, and you can get access to this video, of course, but you can also get access to the two to three hour long eCourse where you can go through each of these sections. We dive into a lot more detail in more, a readable and short video.

Format. So if you guys put in your email address in there, it will get you access to the closed end member site where you get access to infinite banking eCourse enjoyed this webinar that we.

Welcome everybody. This is the intro to infinite banking. Here’s what’s gonna go on in the next couple hours. We prepared this deck and we added a bunch of slides, including some use cases. I also look at my working sheet here that I use to keep track of my infinite banking.

And, when money goes out alone, it comes back. But this is meant to be a CRA school for a lot of you folks. We see a lot of familiar faces. A lot of folks who’ve joined us recently and the infinite banking is new to them. Even some people who have policies on the line today it’s always good to review a little bit. But I would say we’ll knock this out in under an hour’s presentation, but we’ll have time for plenty of questions.

But just a little bit of background on myself. I grew up in Hawaii. Seattle’s 2003 to 2017. I Have a wife, a child, a dog and a Ford Raptor are the things that I have these days, no longer an engineer and then real estate. I started with that first rental in 2009, and then I got up to 11 rentals in 2015.

But since then, as the investor group has grown 1.2 billion to assets on their ownership, 8,500 units, 55 projects, and about 95, 90, 95 people in our family office group. That’s our inner circle mastermind group. And also joining me Tyler Fuka. Why don’t you introduce yourself a bit, Tyler?

Yeah. Hi, I’m Tyler Fuka. I am also married, have two boys. I do have a dog. I forgot to update that. I grew up in Hilo, Hawaii. Then I went off to the University of Washington to study engineering. I was there on a ROTC scholarship. So when I graduated, I got commissioned as a Naval officer stationed out at Mayport, Florida in Jacksonville, went to grad school in Monterey, California, and then moved here to wahoo where I’ve been since 2006 came here as active duty.

As an engineering duty officer transitioned out in 2009. To basically become a civil servant or DLD engineer did a lot of project management, construction management, a supervisor, and then eventually moved over to the department of veterans affairs. And he was a chief engineer there for a while.

Up until 2001, when I left, I decided to leave the W2 world. As far as real estate investing, I’ve been investing since 2002. My path then was single family rentals and doing what we call house hacking back then. I got up to, four single family rentals and basically got overloaded with work life and investing took a pause, started really looking at alternative investing in 2017 ish met lane in 2018 and just been totally doing syndications mainly from there on and where or lane really opened up our eyes as far as insurance wise always been interested in that.

I got introduced to the infinite banking concept. Probably about 10, 10 years ago. Didn’t really do anything with it. Although when I was in Lane’s group and other groups, I was with, I, we kept on hearing about infinite banking. So I eventually got my license in 2019 mainly to study and learn about the details of the industry, the different products available and then been helping lanes groups since then or licensed across the state.

So we basically can serve anywhere. Yeah. And a little bit more context of that, cuz it’s always fun for people to learn the story. I heard about this a while back ago. This infinite banking strategy, I would say since 2017 and I tasked Tyler with learning about this stuff, cuz I knew there were a lot of commissions in fees and it’s a strange product that, it’s not as straightforward as deals to me.

So I asked them to learn it more so to eventually do a policy for myself. So I wouldn’t get gouged with pricing and Tyler would be up front with how it all worked. I also, we also told you to go learn notes and what assisted living facilities are. Which those didn’t work out as, as well as this as most things don’t it’s funny, like those assisted living facilities, I haven’t really found anybody who does that halfway decent.

There was just like a house, like a few blocks away, like an illegal assisted living facility that got taken down by police recently. But it’s like this thing stuck. And we do this for a lot of the clients and the whole point is we crunch the commission and fees as low as they can go.

So in other words, if you guys have a policy, you’re looking at some other policies, probably beat him. But as I learned and what I’m happy about, Tyler kind of focusing it on full-time is that there’s this whole complex structure and we’ll maybe get into it a little bit, past the lowering the commissions as low as possible and past like the 90, 10 70 30 split, which we’ll talk about today, but there’s bunch of other ways that I don’t personally understand to customize it to what you guys want.

But yeah, this is, brief illustration. I think what a problem that most investors face, which is what the heck do I do with my short term liquidity, midterm liquidity, or my college savings before I put it into longer deals, right? Three years, seven year deals, that’s ideally where you wanna put your money, cuz that’s where you’re gonna make a higher rate of return.

Sure. Might be a little bit more risky, but it comes with a higher reward. You don’t really have 50 grand, a hundred grand ready to go all the time. The infinite banking, this is just one example of the many use cases. And I’ve created maybe about four or five use cases to use this very, a flexible kind of strategy, but it fits in my whole, 1, 2, 3 trifectas of simple passive cash list.

But if you’re new to simple passive cash flow, it’s first investing in good deals with honest people where you don’t get your money stolen, where you get higher returns than the retail stock market mutual funds, et cetera. And then number two, you, by getting all these passive losses through deals and other tax benefits, such as going from ordinary income to passive income you could unlock a lot of tax maneuvers and then obviously that creates more money for you to invest and then put more money into us. The third strategy, which is infinite banking here which is what we’re talking about.

This is something that we’ll get into, but this is basically a strategy. A lot of the wealthy will do. I dug up this video cuz I wanted to date how long we’ve been talking about this thing. Dug up this video from 2017 when I was a really shitty speaker back at Toastmasters, I was talking about this thing.

I was awkwardly taught to use my hands when I talk. We’ve been talking about this thing for quite some time and I didn’t really get a policy till much later than this and or it took me a long time to wrap my hands around. So if it’s confusing to you guys, sit back and, we can, we’ll open it up for questions at the end, but you it’s something that I think that it takes a while to understand like a lot of investors understanding the difference between ordinary income and passive income and how passive income can be offset by passive losses.

It’s a simple concept. And I think, we have a lot of engineers in our investor group and sometimes the engineers can over analyze this whole thing, in the banking I’m talking specifically about if that’s maybe taking a step back. It’s really not that difficult, but. It took me a little while to understand this whole thing.

Basically, getting rid of the middle man here we’ll talk a little bit about how big companies use these bank on life insurance, but to me of the main points about using these infinite banking policies is you’re making an interest rate and, , there’s a middle man here by with the bank is how normally it works.

But by using this life insurance policy, you cut out the bank in a way, and you make a little bit of that spread back. . Yeah. One, one of the main benefits is you’re recapturing your earning power or the opportunity costs. Cuz once your funds leave the bank that earning power for that dollar is lost.

Banks, they make their money basically off of how they have deposits come into them, they’re landing the money out. So whenever the money exits the bank it continues to earn funds. Similarly with the life insurance policy, we’re putting funds into the policy, we’re able to access those funds and not still have those dollars in the policy earning and not lose that opportunity to, for that dollar to continue to earn while you’re using that dollar somewhere else.

I’ll do it quickly, so yeah. So what is infinite banking? It truly is a concept of what I was mentioning before about recapturing those losses. You basically are utilizing an asset where you’re able to basically use that dollars, keep it in that asset, but obtain that dollars through alone.

And that there’s multiple ways of doing that. And now you’re able to have your funds work in two different places. So the original asset will be growing. And then the dollars that you access, you can do what you want and you could use it for expenses. You could use it for investing. You could use it for college planning or retirement planning, but that’s the overall concept.

The vehicle of choice that we choose to use for various reasons is dividend paying whole life insurance. And there’s multiple benefits with whole life insurance. And there are other products out there, but whole life specifically, there’s a level premium. So that’s one of the main benefits. The insurance costs and fees are pretty set as at, in regards to the insurance premiums themselves.

There’s guaranteed growth. And it’s right now, tho those ranges around two or 3% guaranteed seems small, but when we’re talking long term wise, this is uninterrupted compounded growth, and that steady growth can then help you plan, for long term. You can be used for multiple things, investing education.

So five, it could, this could replace your five to nine. Your 401k IRA you could use as your own bank to use it for lending instead of car loans, mortgages, and then it also is a safe place to store your capital. That’s where I personally keep my reserves also. There’s of course we’re not designing it for the death benefit, but there is, there is a death benefit component to it that helps with legacy planning or will transfer to different generations.

You are accessing the growth of the policies tax free. There’s no capital gains. There’s no income tax because the way you’re utilizing it is via loans. It follows what you may hear as the buy borrow die strategy, where you’re really purchasing this asset. It grows and you’re borrowing as the asset grows, you’re borrowing from it.

And that way you’re eliminating capital gains along with income taxes. And the policy isn’t designed in a way where you don’t have to pay for your entire life. So traditional whole life you, that you may have, there’s a premium due usually to age 95, 99, or a hundred. We design it where there is a cutoff at some point.

And even though you’re no longer contributing, the policy continues to earn dividends and that dividends then helps to boost up the value of your policy in the form of death benefit along with cash value. So this is a, there’s a handful on this slide. And again I’m gonna go over this in my, in a different way, cuz I think people learn in very different ways.

And although I do think that the most effective way of learning this is talking to somebody who just went through the process with Tyler and it’s fresh in their head and they’re, they’re using the loans or taking loans from themselves, funding the policy and then using it in their whole investment strategy.

Although, we obviously can’t recreate that on a virtual seminar, but that’s why we do the retreats. That’s why I tell people to come out to Napa, come out to Huntsville, meet other investors. So you can talk about, how you’re using this type of stuff. Just speaking from my own personal experience what I do is I, I max fund my policies and I store a cash value in there.

And Tyler mentioned the word asset, right? What’s the asset, right? In this case, I think a lot of people. The way to think about it is, think about it exactly like a HELOC right. You have a house and that was your asset, right? You might be paying it off or you have equity in there, but you use a HELOC to tap that equity, taking loans against that and paying the interest to that loan.

But you can use that loan to a lot of you guys will, who are new or using that HELOC to invest in your first few, several deals, same thing here, except instead of house being the asset is this paper, whole life policy, which is probably one of the most secures pieces of assets out there because the underlying that the asset is backed by these insurance companies that have been paying out dividends since the civil war much more secure than your average bank out there.

But, as Tyler mentioned, there’s a lot of benefits to doing it. I’ll highlight the guaranteed cash value growth. So when, just like how you HELOC your money’s in your asset, which is the house in this case your money is in the asset, which is the whole life policy.

It continues to grow just like the house does. So that’s where that guaranteed cash value comes from. The, and then the tax leave loans and withdrawals, that’s part of how I use it, right? So when my money’s in here, it grows with that. And. At that point, it’s considered tax free per the IRS.

And this is an important thing. We’ll get to later designing the policy. So you don’t go over that minimum threshold. Certainly you don’t wanna overfund it too much, cuz we’ll talk about fees, commissions and try to lower that as much as possible. By having it in this life insurance policy it’s the tax loophole to have this thing grow tax free.

And then when you take withdrawals or you take loans from your policy to go in and invest it or do whatever you need to do with the money. Lot times if you’re smart, you can have that be a business expense and has it have it be tax deductible. But we’ll hammer a lot of this stuff multiple times here.

Other ideas, doctors and high net worth investors like to use this as the asset protection component. And then, I’ve personally cond this with Ivo trust for simplicity of the use. I can talk about that at the end with another use case. But again, lot of stuff here, but basically it’s like a HELOC where you can take loans from it and then pay it back and have this be a constant source of capital.

That’s also grow. But it’s much better than a HELOC for three reasons. First, the banks can pull your HELOC at any point, right? They can freeze credit lines. They can’t do this with your infinite banking. And this is the whole where the whole term comes from family vault and people call this a family vault, but, or being your own bank, you own this policy, this asset is yours. The second big thing on, why this is better than the using your own HELOC you have the asset protection when your money is in under this policy, it’s protected, just like how, a lot of people will think they’re retirement accounts, the 401k are protected from creditors and litigators.

And then, the, my biggest thing, why I don’t like the helos is, they’re great to get started, but you can’t use the HELOC to tap all the equity. A lot of times your banks are gonna play games with you on your appraisals and then lower your loan to value on that loan with the bank.

None of that nonsense games, when you’re doing your own infinite banking policy, you can pretty much always, it’s not like you have, you can’t touch a certain amount of equity in the policy. If you’re using your HELOC now to go into deals. Cool. But eventually what most people will do is they’ll transition the equity into an infinite banking policy for the mentioned reasons.

Real quick. Okay. There, there are some questions being type. So if people have questions yeah. I think we want them, they can type it in during the presentation, we’ll probably cover some of those. And then at the end we’ll make sure to go over all of those. Is that yeah. Yeah. And put it into the question and answer box, cuz it allows us to check it off once we’ve answered it.

But if something is pertaining to the slide we’ll try and get to it for sure. Just all the random questions. Maybe hold to the end, cause we’ll probably answer it like Tyler said. But if you guys have been paying attention, we met, we uttered the words, whole life insurance and typically the whole life insurance is quite the scam.

I’ll be the first one to tell you, right? This is the one where your long loss acquaintance from college or high school, or maybe grade school hits you up on LinkedIn or Facebook or Instagram or for some of the younger people TikTok or whatnot. And they say, you wanna go to lunch and they sell you this like garbage whole life policy that was configured with high amounts of insurance, where is basically where all the commissions and fees come from, which again, what we cranked down to the minimums for you guys in our.

And, it’s just not a very good policy. And this is where Dave Ramsey and those guys say, yeah, just do term life. Whole life is a scam. So I just wanted to just, mention, yes, we are using whole life, but it’s configured in a very different way, but this is actually something that like my spouse got suckered on.

And then, what Tyler can also do is if you have a whole life policy, there are things that you can transfer and he can talk to you about that. But you can dissect current whole life and you can break down what percentage of it was insurance and paid up additions.

And then, most times my spouse’s case, she was, she got taken for one of these, but, she didn’t really the way the financial planning world works. They get a bunch of young salesmen to suck at their friends and family into these types of arrangements. What we did is we just cashed in her policy is what we did, but sometimes it might make sense.

Tyler can work with you guys to exchange it or whatnot. And I’ll say it a little bit differently. I think. Insurance has its purpose. And the purpose of life insurance is to protect your human life value. So I think that there is a purpose there, but as an investment or what we’re doing is totally opposite of that.

We’re utilizing it for the cash value component not the protection part of it. If it is purely the protection part, it is considered could be expensive. I’ll use a gentler word then a scam or something then lane. But yeah, I think it is traditional whole life is expensive.

There is a cheap coverage, which is term, but again, those, rarely ever pay out, but again, it’s there to protect your life or the what ifs. And this is a total different strategy. So that’s where people may get confused if they hear it. And I think we have someone on here or a later slide going over, maybe some of the chatter people may hear about whole life in general.

Yeah. And when I talk to some of you guys have made me talked to your whole life, financial planner, people, and most financial planners or people who make these things, they don’t get it. They don’t get us as investors. What do we want? We want liquidity so we can take the money out and invest it in much better deals.

But these other guys, they say we wanna give you. Higher returns. And we want the bigger death payout, that’s in their head, what they think life insurance should do, but we’re using this, we’re using life insurance. Yes. But really what I’m using it for is to get that tax loop pulse.

So I have to pay my taxes on it and I wanna get the liquidity. I wanna maximize liquidity and I’m willing to give up the death payout and the returns on the policy because it’s small. Anyway, it’s different than 5% to 5.5% returns on this stuff where, what I really want is the liquidity.

So I can go put it in something making 10, 15, 20%. And that’s the idea of a sophisticated investor. And that’s where these other guys, they just don’t get us. How we do things with our money and how we invest it in alternative assets.

Yeah. And this slide just kind of highlights. Lane touched on bank on life insurance. So life insurance, is a asset that a lot of corporations use including banks. So specifically it’s called a bully or bank home life insurance. But if you were to look on the bank’s assets, the list of assets you’ll see life insurance.

I think chat is able to pull this up and you’ll see highlighted down there, life insurance, but. Bank banks clearly understand life insurance, the risks associated with that. And they hold a lot of their assets in that also. That kind of was the proof in the pudding as far as how safe it is.

They’re also willing to lend against that. We’ll touch about a cash value line of credit. So you could take your policy to a bank, not all banks, there’s banks out there that will specifically give you a line of credit based on your cash value. And that to me is similar to a real estate.

They understand the asset and, but unlike real estate or HELOC where, your loan to value is more in the seven or 80% loan to value the banks will lend you 95 to a hundred percent loan to value on your cash value. That kind of says how secure and safe banks consider whole life insurance.

Yeah. It, and again, this goes back to, lot of my discoveries and like what the wealthy do, investing in alternative assets, getting off of wall street and putting their money into these life insurance products. You follow what the wealthy do, and they’re quietly doing something a little bit different as the same goals money talks, but 📍 wealth whispers, you.

Another example is like Walmart, Walmart will buy insurance policies and their top dogs and store it on their balance sheet, as they’re safe semi-liquid stores. What I tell a lot of people is I follow what the wealthy do, but also what the banks and what the big companies do.

And you take a hint from what they’re doing. This is a strategy that they’re employing and if you own a business it’s not a bad way of doing things. So different use cases again.

Yeah. It’s more than just the type of asset. So I think that one of the biggest key factors on the performance or the utilization of the strategy is the policy design. We’re using, we’re independent where we can write with multiple companies. We choose, certain companies, some for their flexibility and then also just how we can design it.

The product is the product. And, most people can utilize and design it the same way we just choose to design it. The most cash value efficient and flexible because that’s what appeals to us as investors. And our design is really caters towards investors because we are investors first and that’s how we want to utilize this strategy.

There’s other designs out there and it has its pros and cons or the different levers. So we, our main focus is cash value and flexibility. Yeah. And this is the portion of the show where Tyler’s gonna spearhead this next few slides, because this is somewhere, this is a time where I realized the strategy and started to employ it myself.

But then I realized how like more technical it gets and that’s where it required a engineer like Tyler to really learn this on behalf of you guys. If you guys look back in the coaching calls, which we keep in the members site, and we arrange everything, everyone from lower net worth to over, accredited beyond, we do, we talk about implementation speed and, maybe you wanna put 200 grand every year in this stuff or 50 grand a year.

You can see some of those examples. We can probably do that at the end. If there’s time here, but. This is some something where I had the self realization that I didn’t have the bandwidth to keep up on this stuff constantly. And, I need to focus on deals and finding, deal relationships out there.

I’ll vouch for Tyler. Tyler gets on flights, he goes to these infinite banking industry mastermind, again, events, and I forced them to do it because, I said, you gotta like really, you gotta get involved in this stuff, just like how I did with this other stuff.

And really transcend your average, keyboard, jockey insurance provider, who just happens to have a license or worse social media influencer. That’s, this stuff is a technical stuff and it needs to be tailor to each person. These are the ways we’ll get into designing the policy the right way.

Yeah. And touched about this In the previous slide, but the, as, in order to maintain the taxable treatment from the, in the IRS’s minds, there are some tax laws and unfortunately, the IRS got involved in the eighties, so they created something called a me limit.

Some people may hear that, or it’s a modified endowment contract, which really prevents pre 1980s people ready to dump in a whole bunch of money into a policy lump sum, very little insurance and really capitalize on the power of insurance. IRS has stepped in, in the eighties, they created a limit basically where it says, Hey, in order for this to the taxable the taxable treatment only will apply if it’s insurance and it, you really need to purchase a certain amount of insurance in relation to the amount that you’re stuffing in.

We maximize, we, we take that to the limit and so we’re able to stuff as much funds into the policy have as much cash value early on with also long-term growth, but with the flexibility while maintaining within those IRS rules and, these rules have changed and tightened over some time.

So that’s. , it, it is, we’ve had to stay on top of things. BA basically in the beginning of 2021 or the end of 2021 was when the new law took into effect also. So they’re changing and updating things, every couple years or so. But that’s where the design is really crucial in order to maximize those things.

Yeah. And this stuff isn’t getting any better. So like the best time to get a policy was yesterday, just like how it was to go into deals, the deals in 2018 kind of cashed out, that’s the best time to do it was yesterday. And it reminds me a lot of like real estate professional status, just like the way lavage changed.

There’s a great tax loophole. If you wanna use that word. guess for the real estate professional status, I think 10 years ago, a lot of what a lot of doctors were doing that were making, 500, $600,000, a million dollars a year was getting a little whimsical rental property.

And then now getting rep status and now using all the passive losses from their deals to drain their income down to, 300 or zero and not pay any taxes. And then the IRS is wait a minute, guys, this doesn’t seem right. So they implemented all these like rules for getting real estate professional status.

It’s the same thing. Tyler mentioned here for the life insurance before you could just write all this stuff off and all the returns would be tax free and, people would put like a dollar, the life insurance, and then the Iris was like, wait a minute, guys, there’s a limit to this. Like you can’t just put $1 and have the whole thing be tax free.

Cuz you can imagine if you guys are like, financial hackers like us, where that goes, put a gazillion dollar policy and put $1 in life insurance, whole thing tax free. So there’s a certain limit to that and where we get into this 90 10, this 10% insurance thing. That’s a little bit more historical context on we always try and stay one step ahead of, the latest, the, where the tax laws are and always be tax compliant.

Of course.

Yeah, so the, that meth limit that is a IRS limit there’s two main, large limits. It’s usually it’s the IRS limit or this meth limit. And the second one is just company limits. So that’s internal limits a company puts on and some constraints they put on. Again the choice of company is almost as important, but as far as the me limit that really, that, that limit is defined by your age, gender along with your health rating status.

So when when you go through the underwriting process, you get approved for a certain amount of death benefit based on your age, gender. And you’re given a health rating and of a better health rating will, will drive your death benefit up a little bit more. So then your me limit will also be slightly higher.

But yeah, the main factor is for a me limit is the amount you wanna stuff into a policy a year. And then the factors are your age, gender and health rating. And then the second limit is basically company limits. There’s various company limit. The big one that we focus on is the paid up additions or POA limitations.

Because the POAs are so beneficial for the cash value companies limit basically how much you can put in per year based in relation usually to your base premium. So that’s the cost and you can think of base premiums. The cost of insurance paid up additions as truly, the cash dump or the cash value addition and internal companies put internal limits as far as how we can design these.

And you might hear three times POAs, five times, POAs, 10 times POAs. The companies we use have 10 times POAs and that’s really beneficial as far as cash value growth. And, I think again, maybe in the back of your head you’re sharing, you know what Dave Ramsey said?

We all know Dave Ramsey, great guy. And I think he does a great job for teaching those, people, most people out there, 90, 95% of people who are in debt don’t make too much money. I think he means well, he’s said whole life insurance is a rip off and it’s cuz we mentioned at the top, it’s all how you configure.

I was watching some YouTube videos of the stuff last night and, trying to see the bad thing about a lot of this financial world is a lot of people, they just don’t really dig into it. And the secret isn’t how you create it and how you structure the whole encompassing strategy, where infinite banking is just one of ’em, this particular YouTube video the caller set mentioned a few things here, which I’ll highlight.

They said the break even point for his policy was year seven. Yeah, when you’re configuring this stuff with higher insurance, which you don’t, which where the commissions and fees come from, you’re gonna have a higher break even point. I don’t know, like some of the last policies you’ve been doing Tyler, but I’m pretty sure it’s a lot less than that.

And then he also mentioned the one thing I will agree with Dave on is he said, and I quote, when you work for the certified financial planners, the CFPs is he called them, they work for the Northwestern mutual guys, he just laughing and he says, those are the guys that just screw people every day.

So it wasn’t me who said it, anybody gets offended and mad at Northwestern mutual, any XYZ mutual company. He that’s what Dave Ramsey said. But again, we’re configuring this a little a lot differently with lot less insurance, which is where the fees and commissions come from. Again, I think this is where most people, and this is what kind of gets me with a lot of things.

Most people will just only read the headlines of videos or news clips. But when you actually read the damn article, the story is very different.

Yeah. And I think Dave Ramsey is also El alluding to that whole life is expensive. And I think traditional whole life, the way it’s designed it is very, it is expensive in relation to possibly O other things out there to protect your life such as term. But again, we’re doing it differently.

And the design, so this slide represents a little insight on as far as the design traditional whole life. So this is a 50 50 split. Traditional whole life would be more, hundred percent premium. So all of that would go to, the death benefit cost a 50, 50 design or 50% is the expense or death benefit or base premium 50% is paid up additions.

That paid up additions as mentioned earlier, really has reduced fees compared to the base premium. So in relation that $500 going to base premium. maybe a few dollars of that will show up as cash value. Whereas for POAs, 500 goes into POAs. There is a fee slight fee in there, but I would say 4 75 will actually show up in cash value.

So much, much drastic change. And that’s why we wanna really minimize our goal is to minimize the base premium and maximize the POAs. The next slide shows a 10 90 split. You may hear a 90, 10, 10 90. I think that’s all the same a lot of times. Some people put the PAA portion first in this slide, it has the base premium.

First I personally call it the 10 90 split where 10% goes to base premium. And a lot of times that is also a company limit. In relation to, the factor, you can put a hundred dollars in as base premium, again, maybe $1 or so of that will show up as cash value and then putting $900 into UAS and your cash value, would be 850 or so not quite 900, but drastically different.

So out pocket from, as the client, it’s the same thousand dollars coin out of your pocket, how it performs or where that money is going. Is very different based on the design. Again, same thousand dollars going out. If it was a traditional whole life, you probably have $0 cash value that 50, 50 you might have about $400 for four 50 cash value.

And then a 10 90 would you’d have, 800 or so cash value. It’s all just purely the design. And then that impacts your cash value portion. Yeah. So some people might say, oh, we’re already doing the infinite banking thing, but they could be in this format where they’re paying five times as much fees and commissions, and they’re getting five times less cash value than they should be getting with this 10 90 split.

Not all policies, still again, it’s do you read the headlines or you actually analyze what’s in the content here and how, or in this case, how it’s designed, right? You may be implementing I B C banking from yourself. But if again, like we, we kind of urge people if you’re already doing this strategy.

Just check out what the split was on the premiums versus the paid up editions. This is typically. What most people will do. Some people in our mastermind group they’ll do 70, 30 or 30, 70 splits. So like like a mix between the 50 50, which I don’t think you ever wanna do that. There’s some other advantages to doing it that way, I’d say, the first thing is like lowering the commissions and fees for you guys, which I’m sure the question comes up.

Like, why the heck would you and Tyler lower the fees and commissions, I guess I have my reasons which is then you put more money into deals and you actually have more money than paying out in fees and you invest more and you tell more of your friends about this type of stuff. But to me, it’s like most of our clients are doing really big policies.

So the commissions and fees are there for us that kind of keeps the lights on, but it’s, I’ve always thought of this as like an added service for our investors in our investor group. Certainly staying away from this 50 50 split. Yeah. And to not get into too much technical detail, but the design also enables a lot of flexibility.

So on a 10 90 split that a hundred dollars, even though your target amount in this case would be a thousand dollars. What you have to put in every year is really only the a hundred dollars that, that additional $900 in this case is flexible and optional. And that’s where, that’s how the design also plays into the flexibility.

So not only the company allows, the insurance company allows you that flexibility, but the design then again, allows you to put in capital as you have it, throughout the policy year versus having to save up and have that thousand dollars or in the 50, 50 design case $500, available on your premium anniversary.

That’s a, that also plays a big factor. For me personally, just having my, since I have most of my capital working, I don’t wanna sit around and, bank up the large payment and have that only be able to put in once a year. I like to spread it out over the year and dump it in.

We had a question here from Hillary. Does the me limit include the amount of premiums you pay a year or is the me limit the amount of additional PUA you can add to the policy? Yeah. Good question. Yeah, it’s it is a cumulative amount. So that me limit is the total amount of funds you can dump into your policy.

So that would include your, the premiums for that year.

So one unique way, a lot, some people, he struggle to hear how the PWAs really added add value to the policy. We came up with this scenario where it’s similar to a house cause most of us are investors. So think of the base premium as your debt servicing on your mortgage, right?

You’re, it’s something you have to pay in order to keep that asset yours very little value added if we’re talking the debt servicing portion of your mortgage, but that’s what you have to pay paid up. Additions would be more like if you were to do a renovation to your house, there’s some expenses to it.

But a lot of times it increases the value of her house, to the more than what are equal to, or more than what you put in as far as repairs. So paid up additions would be similar, like a renovation blue seeing the value of that house, which later then you have you, you boosted up your equity.

So you can have access to that. Or when you sell that you make more of a profit base premium equals the debt, servicing on a mortgage, very something you have to pay very little value add to, to, to the asset. And we had a question from Luke here. So if you take a loan against your infinite banking policy, as it grows, can the growth pay back to the loan?

Yeah. So paying back the loan, you can, you, you could either pay that out of pocket or as you mentioned the policy grows, it’ll just, it’ll take it from the cash value component or, it’ll take it from your policy to pay that debt servicing if you didn’t pay it that year. Yeah. So I guess the kind of the similar thing is again, think about it like a HELOC right.

You can take loans from your HELOC. But I think where a lot of people, they get it mixed up or they have this false sense of needing to pay off that debt. And we get this question a lot, right? I have a hundred

thousand dollars, I took a hundred thousand dollars outta my HELOC to go into this deal.

I’m paying 5%, I think what is that $5,000 a year on that? And they think most of us on the call today, we all pay off our credit card, we pay off our debts, but it’s not like you have to really pay it off. Just like your Helo, right? Yes you do. But then again, if you’re making 10, 15, 20% on this.

Then just let that 5% roll. And that’s what the big companies do. That’s what businesses do. If they’re making money somewhere else where it’s just an arbitrage game and in a HELOC, that’s where you would just let that line of credit revolve and in, in an infinite banking, same situation there.

And answer Luke’s question, just like in the HELOC you’re taking a policy, your HELOC loan from it. Your house is gonna continue go up in value the asset and in this infinite banking world, same thing same kind of phenomenon is happening. But again, like the HELOC is cool, cuz it gets people started and it’s easy to tap that equity.

But at some point you draw the limits of that policy because the banks always play these BS games, which you guys on sandbagging you on the appraisals and giving you worse loan, the values, especially if you’re here in Hawaii, you get these teaser rates and then goes up after that. And then the banks can always pull your helos on you where the infinite banking it’s yours, that’s why the term comes banking from yourself. But you also get the added asset protection, the being life insurance, which you don’t really get with the, he. If you’re one of those high income earners or like a high liability profession, like a doctor, that kind of means a lot to you guys.

All right. Yeah. And I do see a lot of questions about the policy loans. So I’ll try to cover that on this slide, but the, there, there is a way of, so how you access the cash value is through a loan and we’ll touch a policy loan. And then we’ll briefly touch what a cash value line of credit.

So those are the two main ways. So a policy loan, literally there’s no what you’re putting up as collateral is really your death benefit. So going through a policy loan the insurance company knows that you have the death benefit. They know at some point you will die. So what they’re doing is they’re, collateralizing your death benefit.

So your death benefit overall stays the same, but your net death benefit which would mean if you pass away, if you had any outstanding loans the outstanding loan will get subtracted from your death benefit, and then the net death, the net would get transferred to your beneficiary.

There’s really no approval process. As long as you have that cash value in your policy. It’s usually about a two business day process where you go online and you request it. California residents, they do need to print it out, what, sign it and email it in. So it’s a little bit more difficult, but again, very simple same time turnaround as, as far as two business days.

But in, in some companies and they show it slightly different cash value. Norm technically stays the same. Your net cash value may go down or in this case, your available cash value. But for one, for one company we use a lot is guardian. So on guardian, whenever you take a loan out on the portal, you’ll see your cash value actually just remain the same, your net your death benefit.

You’ll see, go down because that’s your net death benefit in regards to how much that can you access. So we like to tell people, if you see your cash value, you can access 95% of that via policy loan. The company, the, your basically paying up front, the ins interest owed till your next policy anniversary date.

So they’re precalculating that based on your loan size. And then they’re holding some reserves to cover that, that one year of debt servicing. You don’t have access to a hundred percent of your cash value especially if you’re doing it early on in your policy or as you get closer to your next anniversary because there’s less.

Reserve required you’ll have access to greater than 95%. But we just use that as a guideline 95% of your cash value. There is another question from Dave about, what happens in the end if you keep if you only ended up with a 10% year after year, because you keep kept on pulling out, but basically 90% of the loan.

When you do take a policy loan, similar to a HELOC versus on a house, the policy continues to grow the whole amount. Once you put your funds in there, it continues to grow that the growth rate might be slightly affected based on the company. And if it’s direct or non-direct recognition, but the policy continues to grow similar to your house.

The, your house continues to grow, whether you have a mortgage or HELOC out on in, and that helps to offset the debt servicing costs. But the main benefit for us as investors accessing the funds is, we’re gonna go put it into a asset or an investment. And a lot of times the, that asset cash flows is what helps to pit on that debt servicing while your policy as a whole continues to grow.

Yeah. And. And, it is sometimes conceptually hard to see that. Get with us, we can do what we call illustrations, where we simulate, Hey, what if I take a loan out every year and either not pay the interest or pay the interest out of pocket or have the policy pay the interest. But we can show the illustrations to project and see, Hey, how will this perform?

What if scenarios or, just for planning purposes. Yeah. And that’s all, I’ll tell you, go talk to Tyler about that stuff. Like the direct recognition. I still don’t understand that stuff. And I think that’s where you partner with Tyler and then, he’s the guy you call when you have those kinds of questions or, if you did pass away, that sad event where you’re worth more to your spouse, then you are, cuz that’s pay out somebody to call, who’s a real life person. Who’s your in between the big life insurance company. I think that’s the value that Tyler provides, but getting a little bit more and we’re illustrating what this whole policy, what this infinite banking thing.

This is a screenshot of a video I did for folks. And a lot of this is in the e-course did you guys go to. Members that simple passive cash flow.com. You guys should have all access to the eCourse, which goes into a lot more in depth that what we talked about, what we’re talking about today, but there’s this video in here where I’m balancing, you can get multiple policies, you can layer them on top of each other, which is a strategy that I recommend.

So you implement at different speeds, but this is a little tracker sheet that I personally made to keep track of. Here I have little policies, right? Where they’re from. The CV is cash value, right? This is how much I money to tap into. And then I might have some loans out at a certain percentage.

So this is my little dashboard just a simple spreadsheet of how one might keep track of this stuff. And then, your future payments that you’ve gotta make in the future. We’ll get into this a little bit later, but like when you configure this with a 90, 10 split only have to do 10% of the commitment money.

And this is the game changer folks, right? If it was 50% then, so you got to put in five times as much money. So if money gets short and you don’t have to really fund this, the policy can won’t collapse or cave in like a black hole. Especially when you could figure what that 90 10, like how we.

But, I use this to keep track of my, 20, 22, 20 23 premiums and PUA paid up additions. That’s what that means here. But the way I’m using this as an investor, this is more, the practical usage of this thing is all right. I’m going into deals, right? I’m gonna put a hundred grand in this deal, a hundred grand in that deal.

And I’m looking for more deals based on here. I’ve got several hundred thousand dollars to tap for some deals, or maybe I wanna put in some hard money and then maybe I get the hard money back and I gotta replenish my infinite banking so I can keep making my return there. This is how one might use this.

This the end game of probably using this product. And, for a lot of people getting a million or $2 million in here and just socking it away might be a good end game strategy. But it’s just really nice to know that you have a large sum cash that you can get at an emerging, especially for you business owners.

This is where I keep a lot of my cash stores. So when deals, if a deal were to struggle, I pull out a big sum of money and put it in there because I’m, I’m not gonna have a capital call. I’m gonna make every like personal thing I can do to make, prevent that from happening for you guys.

But this is where the money is coming from. it’s coming from my infinite banking. So I’ll just call up. Actually I’m old still. So I call up the insurance company and do my loans whenever I want to. But as Tyler said, you can just get on your computer dashboard and have it direct deposited.

One funny thing that I learned is if you, at some point you start to get policies and your spouse, cuz if you’re married to a female, they typically live longer. So the pricing is a little bit better for them, but it gave me a hard time. can I get a policy loan from my spouse’s policy?

Probably because 50% of people get divorced and they maybe they raid their spouse’s in front of banking policy. That’s just opening up the whole idea of not only getting the policies on you, but your spouse. And so people will also get on their kids too. But there’s a lot more of this content in the e-course and then when you become a client additional material gets unlocked, but we wanted to keep that separate from you guys coming in.

It’s not in your guys’ portals now, but we thought it might just confuse people, but there’s a lot of these other techniques that people, in the film are doing and investors that, really comes alive when you start to come to the retreat and you start to mix it up with other accredited investors.

These guys come with all kinds of stuff. Yeah. And one thing we didn’t highlight, so policy loans you are totally in control of that. There’s no monthly statement that comes in says, Hey, you owe this much interest that is truly up to you. As far as if for when you pay that back.

We always recommend paying the debt servicing what happens is, we, they, precalculate the debt of interest owed up to your policy anniversary date. If you don’t make that interest payment, the interest will then get tapped onto your loan principle at the, on your policy anniversary. So prior to that, it’s calculated simple interest.

We like to keep it simple interest. So we pay the debt servicing prior to your policy anniversary date while your policy continues to grow compounding. So that’s also some of the magic there. Yeah. I personally don’t really, I try and keep it stupid for myself or keep it simple, stupid for myself, the kiss format.

I just, once you get past the first year, you’ve paid your 10%, which is all you really need to fund this thing without it collapsing your caving in which is again, why the 10% insurance Is a game changer compared to how most people will configure this with 30% or 50% where you have to put a lot more of money into it.

So it doesn’t collapse. So I don’t really freak out whether it’s, I’m not paying I’m Def like, like Tyler said, like I don’t really pay the policies down unless I don’t have the money and I don’t really worry about, paying off the interest. I just let the cash value pay it automatically.

So I don’t really, I don’t really worry about it, but that’s just how I use my I C everybody’s a little bit different. This is an example of, you have a hundred thousand dollars cash value. What you have available for a loan would be about 95% of that. But in this sense we’re taking a lower loan to value.

So 60,000 simple interest loan, when you take that 60,000 loan, the a hundred thousand continues to earn, and, there’s various dividend rates. And whenever you hear any company announced their dividend rate, that’s a gross dividend rate. What historically what we’re seeing is about four or 5% IRR.

In this lower interest environment, we might see more three and a half to four and a half percent IRR. But in this case I think it’s illustrated showing a 4% IRR. So that hundred thousand dollars policy would grow by about 4,000 that’s $60,000 loan. You have four or five five 6% loan. And again, that’s te technically on the higher side would be $3,000 in debt servicing.

You can, you’re able to take that 60,000 then invested in a asset that asset, even if it’s 6% cash flowing asset cash flows 3,600 a year, that by itself would be enough to pay for the debt servicing. So you have some positive cash flow from the asset, along with the policy still growing. And that’s the beauty combined, it’s better off than just doing one of the assets by itself.

And I wanna emphasize, we were talking a lot about the design and the whole life product. That’s just one aspect, right? The whole banking system is the flow of money. So it really is accessing that cash value to have it work outside of the policy also. So that in, at the end, you have your policy grow.

But you also have assets outside of the policy growing. So your net worth is combined is better than just putting it in the policy and just leaving there that still grows and works, but the true magic is accessing it and growing outside of the policy. So just wanna really highlight that cause that’s where a lot of people, are either debt, aver.

They don’t want to take on any debt, if you take on good strategic debt, then you can really maximize your growth. And that’s what this strategy really helps you to do. Yeah. And this is where most of the life insurance guys don’t really get it, they’re like don’t, you wanna make a higher, I can give you a higher return in this policy than the four, 5%.

But we give up the liquidity and as investors, we want liquidity. So we can take that liquidity and go invest it in an apartment deal or a fixed and Flatt or some other maybe venture capital, right? Whatever you guys like to do. Personally, I like to go put my money in stabilize real estate that I could make maybe a 15% return.

And there’s that Delta, right? 15 minus the 5% that I pay, that’s that Delta and that’s an arbitrage game, but I’m still having my underlying asset, which is the life insurance policy. Grow. So it’s there’s that this is the, where the whole idea of where you’re making money in two places or money is growing in two places.

Yeah. And I, or, sorry the other thing too is, you may hear people call it the, an asset or the dual asset. Cause it truly is that it’s not a, or a lot of people when they’re, when they talk to us, they’re saying I’m trying to do this deal. So I don’t have the funds to do a policy.

It really is a, it’s a compliment to each other. So you could do both, right? Granted you’re gonna lose some liquidity or one, but in the long run that’ll pay off. But it shouldn’t be looked at, you have to do one or the other, it really should be looked at, you can do both. So you would put the funds into the policy first and then access those funds to do the deal.

And the first year is obviously where all the expenses or most of the expenses are taken out of. And that’s where you’re gonna feel the biggest hit, but we’re able to design and tweak some things. So even from year two, definitely at year three, most people will see it as truly a deposit. So when they put that a hundred thousand into their policy, that would have access to a hundred thousand.

Year three, year four and even more as the policy ages. So that’s where, I mean takes some time to really see that benefit, but like any, anything, you need to capitalize it for a little while and then it’ll pay off in, in the long run. And in, in this case, we’re talking you’ll two to three years and then you’ll see the great benefits, down further down the line.

Yeah. And maybe it clicked for you at that point, you’re making money in two places and, so what some people will do, over a million dollar net worth, maybe they have a lot of money in their home equity, even half a million, that’s where maybe they might wanna do 200, $250,000 a year.

And then you can do strategies, maybe get with Tyler, like depending on where your birthday is, this is what I did to kickstart my per mine is I doubled up, like I was able to, back fund for the previous year and then the next year, all right away. So I could fund it, put my liquidity in there and then the next day, get it into the next several deals that came up.

That’s really what we’re talking about. That’s the strategy where we’re coning it with investing in real estate or other business furniture.

Alright. Just some, there was a lot of questions on policy loan rates. Again, this is, as there’s a lot of fluctuation, but for policy loan rates and if it’s fixed and it varies from company to company. And I’ll say guardian is one of the main companies we use. Guardian is a fixed interest rate.

What you’ll feel is a 4.76. So that could be that will be the fixed interest rate for the life of the policy. If it’s variable, then that, that variable interest rate is usually tied to the moody, triple a bond index, the corporate bond index rate. There usually is a floor. So a lot of companies now have a floor of 3% around.

But then that’ll it can vary. And what the company will do is they’ll announce it every year, what their variable rate is. And it’ll, it can’t fluctuate more than half a percent per year. So even though like right now, the interest rate shot. A lot of the variable interest rate company or for the companies that have variable interest rates, they’re only increasing it half a percent a year.

It has no limit on how much it drops. For me personally, I like the fixed rate because we’re utilizing the strategy for long term planning for the stability. I just I like that. I wouldn’t wanna have a variable and the unknowns down the line, but there are those options.

Now we’re not gonna go too much into this strategy, but this is just a, like a preview of, the different advanced strategies that some of our members will do with our policies. As Tyler mentioned, you can get a loan from your life insurance company, and that’s the easy way.

That’s what I do. It’s the easiest thing to call them up or, get a policy loan from them at their, what about 5% rate. But, as most of our financial hackers in our group, they always like to optimize things and they found that they can go to these third party banks that will give them loans on the cash value in their life insurance policy.

Around like the three and a half, 4% range. So they’re making an additional 1% doesn’t sound like a lot, but, they could be saving maybe 20% in interest. Of course like the bigger the policy. And this is what I tell my guys. It’s man, you guys to spend a lot of time on these trade line things, these little things that kind of, moved, it’s moved the needle slightly, but then again, thinking back to when, I was just barely in a greater investor, like this wealth building, journey, it’s all about a game of inches, like kinda like football, those are the things that are gonna get you that momentum forward and eventually push you to that hockey stick of growth where maybe I’m in that stage personally.

And I don’t really, I value my time more than money, if you’re somebody who’s still growing your net worth, these are the kinds of strategies that you could employ by even by getting a lower rate on your loans to increase that Delta between what you invested in and get and what you’re paying your policy loans at.

But again, a lot of this stuff will be in the E course unlock for clients. All right. This is just an example of a typical policy we would do. This is for a 50 year old male with a preferred non tobacco health rating, which is, or, sorry, this actually is a 45 year old male at a preferred non tobacco health rating. The guardian is, we are independent.

We mainly write for mass mutual and guardian. Most of the policies write for investors and including myself is with guardian and that’s because they offer the greatest P wave flexibility. So this specific design is a 50,000 target amount and a funding duration of seven years with this specific design and product the kind of the sweet spot would be between five and 15 years or so of funding duration.

And there’s various reasons why people would choose shorter funding period or longer funding period that, we would go over their goals during a call in this case. It’s a seven year funding period looking on the left of the annual premium breakdown. So this is where that $50,000 target amount, the base premium is really only 45, 46.

So that is what we would call the cost of insurance. Commissions are based off of that. So by shrinking down that number to the smallest we can, and this is basically the smallest number we can based on the 50,000, this is a company limit. That we we’re shrinking that down. We’re really shrinking down the expenses and commissions, therefore, really boosting up the cash value to you as a client, but that 45 46 buys a certain amount of whole life.

That’s $190,000 of whole life death benefit, but in order to stay within that me limits and the IRS limits that $50,000 target amount, you need $985,000 of death benefit. So because you only have 190 of whole life, the cheapest way to boost your death benefit up to that amount is the use of one year term.

So you’ll see this other number $478 and 86 cents. That’s the paid up additions rider scheduled. So that’s so that you can add UAS to the policy, but embedded in there is this $402 and 14 cents of O I T. And that’s one year term. So that one year term is buying an additional, $794,000. So combining that with the whole life death benefit, that’s how you’re getting up to that required death benefit and then allows you to stuff in 50,000 total.

So what would be due on your premium anniversary date or initially to put this in is the sum of 45 46. 478. So that’s, $5,025 is basically an or about 10% is what would be due. And that’s basically all ex insurance expenses and costs, but then that 44,975 that’s paid up additions, unscheduled. So that’s the cash dump.

That’s the flexible portion that you can put in as you please throughout the year. Now there’s a question out there. What if you don’t max fund it that year or the flexibility of it, especially with guardian, not only within the year, you can dump money in as you please up to your target amount or your me limit.

If you don’t reach that amount the remaining amount will roll over to the next year. So say 50,000 year one you dumped in 50,000 year two, you only dumped in 10,000, that extra 40,000 of space will roll over to year three. So year three, you would be able to catch up that missed 40,000. So you could dump in 40,000 in addition to the 50,000.

So you could then catch up a whole 90,000 in year three and make that policy whole. So you don’t really lose the ability to dump your POAs in as long as it’s within your funding duration. So within that seven years, as long as you make your catch up payments within that seven years, then you can do that as you please outside of that seven years guardian in this case, and all insurance companies will require you to go through additional underwriting to qualify again that, Hey, why are you dumping in this large amount?

It did some health. Did you get some health scare or something happen that you’re dumping a lot of this money into your policy? So that’s where the funding duration can come into play. And that’s why, longer funding durations allow greater flexibility. It does require more insurance products.

So there is slightly more expenses, but that’s where we, on our call, we can model out different scenarios. So you can see what best fits for you. Some of the key things that we, the metrics that we like to look at is how much cash value do you have early on and this design maximizes that cash value.

So you look at that column, the net cash value. So dumping in 50,000, year one, you would have $41,735 of cash value. That’s about, little over 83%. So when people ask us, what is the expense of, what is the cost of starting this policy? That is one cost. What I like to tell people you’re gonna lose about 20% liquidity, in year one.

You’re 50,000 you’ll have access to about 40,000 via policy loan. However, in year two, if you’re to dump in 50,000 you’ll see the cash value go up at the end of the year by about 49,000 and change. So still some hit, but way less of a hit as most of the expenses are front loaded.

And then you’re three, if you’re to dump in 50,000, that’s where a lot of people have that shift in mentality from, Hey, this is an expense or premium. I have to pay to more, truly a deposit where they’re putting in 50,000, what shows up in cash value is 50,000. And then every year after that, it just gets more and more, so that’s where also, the funding we can play around with the funding duration because in the later years, including myself, we start looking forward to when can I dump in more cash, more funds into the policy and boost up the cash value even more , that’s that one metric of cash value, then the break even point is another one.

So the break even point in the sense of the amount of cash value you have versus your total outlet when does that break even, and in this case is breaking even between years five and six. So you’ll see, at year five at the, you put in 250,000, you have 249,934. Again, these are projections based on the current dividend rate.

This is assuming, 5.65 gross dividend rate is what this illustration assumes. That dividend rate is not guaranteed. Dividends are pretty likely to happen. As lane mentioned, guardian specifically has been around for 162 years. They’ve paid a dividend for 162 years through, consistently the amount of dividends have fluctuated.

We are historically in a low interest and dividend environment, 5.65. But and we would expect it to possibly remain low interest rates are increasing. So possibly, we’ll see a rise in dividend rates, but this illustration assumes 5.65 gross dividend rate. Every year, there are some tweaks we can do with the design, that possibly pulls that a year ahead.

So breaking even maybe between years four and five, even that liquidity as far as 83% year one, there’s, it there’s some tweaks we could do based on your situation that maybe we can get that as high as 87, maybe 88% liquidity in year one. If you have capital available and able to jumpstart the policy, basically the, so my understanding of this sheet of numbers, and this is the, this is what’s called an illustration.

So this is what Tyler when you guys meet and you guys get illustration, this is what pops up and is given. I don’t really understand all these numbers, but I personally look at is, the net cash value as a percentage to what you put in, like Tyler said, you, when you configure like how we do, typically you’re running away with something better.

You’re losing less than 20% your first year. I know. My first policy I did who, who was taking a lot more in commissions before I found Tyler it was like, Double that or double the loss basically. That’s your little quick tip on comparing these policies. And then, another good exercise is that, it might be a loss of 20% here the first year, but then you start to recruit it by year three.

It might be half of that. 90, 92% is what you get. But then, like Tyler said, like the break even point is always a quick way to compare policies and ultimately how much fees cuz these life insurance policies, they’re commodities at the end of the day, they’re all underwritten and done by the same top tier companies.

Now I’ll mention there are other, some like lower tier companies that you wouldn’t even wanna mess with. In my opinion, you might get a little bit better, but I just don’t think it’s worth it when you know, the whole purpose of you doing this is security and asurity that’s that net cash value.

That’s how you evaluate the break even point. And again like that, most people doing these policies it’ll break even at year seven, you’re eight at best, but obviously, when you ran this number little after your five. Yeah. And you’ll see on that left the premiums go to zero.

So from year eight on, when we’re designing this for a seven year funding, you, we ex you’d exercise the option where at year eight, you’re converting this pre the policy to a paid up policy. So by, by doing so, no more premiums are due. That’s the good thing. The bad thing is then you can’t contribute, you can’t stuff in any more funds or POAs also.

Again the that’s where we can play around with the funding duration. Some knocks on the, this 10 90 design is that, Hey, we wanna fund this for long term. That’s where maybe we would choose a different company that has a different flexibility, but again you’ll be giving up some of that year to year.

Flexibility that guardian specifically is to me the benefit of that is not having to dump in 50,000 on your policy anniversary date, every year you have that flexibility throughout the year. It rolls over and things of that sort as lane mentioned other companies, and I think we cover that maybe in a later slides are all companies the same.

And we, I can go over some of the basic differences there. Did you get a next question? I think that was it right? Yeah. So we are independent. I would say ma the majority of the companies we use majority of the policies you write is for mass mutual or guardian.

Mass mutual has a different flexibility and that’s in the funding duration, but that’s where that the, that company the P way of flexibility is not as great. So the funding duration, they have a lot of flexibility in that. So we don’t have to necessarily determine the funding duration up front.

Whereas with guardian, we’re saying, Hey, this is a seven year design or a 10 or a 15 year design with mass. You don’t have to set that. It could be a five year design, or it could be a 30 year design. However, it’s best suited that you have that 50,000 it’ll dump in every year on that policy anniversary date.

So not too conducive for investors in the sense where most of our capital, we don’t wanna have it tied up and building up and have to put in 50,000 on that, on, within a few weeks, every year early. So you can’t contribute, but that’s another option with mass mutual. Yeah. And just Tyler says, uses the word flexibility.

The way I look at that word is I have three policies, emeritus, pan, and guardian. So what I don’t like about my emeritus is exactly what Tyler’s talking about, which is the the flexibility. I gotta like fund that thing every single year or something like that on the policy. And I think at Penn, I have to do it every other year.

I’m probably butchering this, that’s what it means by flexibility. Whereas guardian, I don’t really have to do that. Tyler tell me, yeah, 10% like this design it’s the 5,000 a year is what you’ll be putting in for a $50,000 design. And the 45,000 is truly flexible and you won’t lose the ability to put in that 45,000 if say you skip two or three years it’ll just bank up and then you’ll be able to make that catch up at the very end.

Yeah. And going over Annette’s other question in this illustration is the policy paid up after seven years and no more premiums need to be put in. I can already tell Annette’s already doing something like this, like this is the, I think this is the downside of the 90 10 arrangement because the 90 10 is great for new people, stuffing a whole bunch of money in here, right?

There’s a deal. You’ve got two, 300 grand, you just throw it into the policy and then you take 180 200 grand and put it into the next deal. That’s ideally what, the 90 10 it’s kinda like the launch pad, the quick start plan. But what I, what I tell most folks is yeah, do the 90 10 get started, get. A hundred, few hundred thousand dollars of cash value loaded up in there and just get that. You might take the money out the next day and put it into deals and that’s great. That’s exactly what you should be doing, in the long run, as in, that’s looting to shoot, as you near end game, right?

And it’s not necessarily how old you are to me, it’s where your net worth is when your net worth starts to go around four, 5 million net worth or even two and a half. If you guys are more frugal out there, you start to be seeing this infinite banking policies as end game for you to where you can make 5% tax free with very little to no volatility.

Then you’re maybe looking for more of a long term place to just store money as deals, cash out. You don’t go into more deals. You just put it into your life insurance and have it grow under your umbrella. That’s I think where, some of the members who are already in that end game stage might be one to that 70, 30 split. Is that right? Tyler? That’s my understanding of it. Yeah. I’m a strong believer in the 10 90 for all situations. I outlet. There’s some questions on here about so main mentioned, there are no deals. In life insurance. That is a very true statement. I know we’re talking a lot about the different companies, maybe different products.

The statement, there are no deals in life insurance is. Yeah. If you look across the board through all the strong mutual companies the product themselves, I think will vary very little in actual performance. Now, illustrations is one thing, actual performance, historically, I think and we’re talking the four mutual, large mutual companies, which is like New York life, Northwestern, guardian, mass mutual, all of those have all fluctuated basically would be performed the same way in, in actual performance.

What I feel is the differences with the companies is some of the nuances, it might be the PWA flexibility or the funding duration, flexibility the portal use, the ability to just go in and do things online on the portal the ease of the portal I’ll throw Penn mutual in there also, cause I think that’s an up and coming company that has been you know, making a strong move historically though that the, the The actual performance hasn’t and there’s not a lot of transparency there from the company itself.

I think they are performing icy. So I think that’s one other company that may get added as far as a very strong mutual insurance company in the future. Some of the trade offs with the, do the 10 90 split or the 90 10 split for me the one downside is that for the way we’re doing it with guardian is the funding duration limitation.

This maxes out because you priest premium is so small there’s a racial on the amount of death benefit you can get towards this 45 46, or really in this case, 190,000 of death benefit. So I can’t, we can’t push the death benefit, say to two mil based off of this 190,000 of whole life death benefits.

So it ma it, it limits that part where you can’t do this, you’d start have to paying a little bit more premiums but it also limits you on, 15 years, 16 years max, maybe for 50,000 design that you would wanna fund this towards now, I personally view, 16, 15 or 16 years as a pretty long funding period.

The true IBC practitioners or Nelson Nash, you’ll hear that you wanna fund this thing forever. I personally feel well you would open up additional policies. As long as you have, you are insurable. If you’re not insurable someone within your family or within your business, you would have an insurable interest for.

So that’s the one major downside you may hear on the downside is the dividends are less because it gets, PUA gets treated different than base premiums and so forth. But from all of the case studies we’ve seen is that overall, even though your dividends may be less, your overall cash value is more.

And that’s really what we care about is the cash value component of it, of the way we’re designing it. We haven’t been able to find one where overall performance, as far as cash value wise is impacted versus say a 30, 70, or a 40 60 design. Because even though on those other designs, the dividends are higher.

The overall net cash value is AC is still less because of the added expenses built in there. Yeah. And I think we’re getting out the scope of the infinite banking today. I think a lot of the people are, that question is alluding to what do I do an end game in my opinion, end game, like IOLs and these putting a whole bunch of money in here, like we’re talking over a few million dollars in life.

Insurance is a little overkill to me. Yeah, you might not be in value, add real estate, but you’re at least in like triple nets and you’re still in real estate. And that’s why the way for most of the people listening here, you guys are sophisticated investors. You guys aren’t like the average, Joe, just throwing a whole bunch of money in life insurance in end game, you’re still making, doing better than 5% if you want 5% cool. If all you need is a hundred thousand dollars, a passive income a year. Cool. But I think most of us in a retirement and end game, we all want, $20,000 of cash flow every month. You’re getting a lot of money in life insurance.

So that’s why I, like with Tyler this kind of goes into more end game financial planning, this is maybe we’ll answer questions at the end of this, to me there’s other investment options other than what we’re talking about for.

That lower risk, lower return, like I said, triple nets, maybe going back into the traditional investment market. The kind of we gotta get through some of these last slides here whole life versus term life term life, the reason for that is to protect you against somebody prematurely dying, whether you it’s, your spouse and your family is left out.

That’s the purpose of term life. And I think everybody should have that at least to cover, at least a million or $2 million. But that’s cheap typically. And a lot of times that’s, in your employment, your employer will cover some portion of that already. So I think that’s two separate things, right?

Again, we’re just using this whole life product to get this infinite banking, building this asset, making money in two places at one time. But when you start to fund larger policies like a hundred grand a year, $250,000 a year, it’s a byproduct of the term life. So a lot of the clients just turn off their term life because they already have it at this point.

And then a, quick discussion on IOLs iOS is like the third portion here we don’t use. IOLs are typically for higher returns, but you give up the liquidity. And typically I would be careful everybody, anybody selling IOLs, they’re typically very high commission products and the it’s a very multi-level marketing kind of a program.

What I’ve seen out there, they get you to, they get everybody to sign up for these Training programs where you can sell life insurance to your friends and families and suckers. And, I would just stay away from the IUL. There is a certain tool for it in the end game, if you just wanted to make 6%, but to me, for the people listening to this webinar today, you guys can do better than that.

IUL is investing for the clueless, for it’s like when, you build up four, five, $10 million plus in your kids and your kids’ kids to take over that money. That’s what they invest in because they don’t have a clue. They don’t have a network of what to invest in.

So that’s, to me what the IUL tool is for, but Maybe Tyler, can you go over like the mutual insurance company, stock insurance company differences real quick. Sure. And I’ll just add a little bit about the IUL. I actually bought IUL. That was my very first policy. That’s what sent me down also this rabbit hole of researching because it didn’t really perform to what I wanted to do now, again, with IUL similar to whole life, there’s a lot of design features in there.

So it probably wasn’t the most or best design, but why I personally don’t like IOLs is the underlying product of IUL is term life is renewable term. Unlike the guarantees of whole life where, it’s a set premium those expenses can be managed with renewable term. Basically you’re buying a new insurance product every year.

And although the numbers and the returns may look great as you’re young, similar with like level term is cheap. When you’re younger, It’s ridiculous when you’re older. If in your seventies or eighties, if you’re having that premium renew every year that’s a large expense and a very unknown cost that I’m not personally willing to utilize this strategy for.

That’s my take on IOLs. There is a question. Can you convert it into an I B C there is something where with all insurance, you can do a 10 35 where you take the cash value of one policy, turn it into another PO or roll it into another policy. Sometimes that makes sense.

Not, I wouldn’t say it, blanketly, it, it always makes sense, but there’s times when we don’t recommend it, or we’re just trying to, would recommend people how to maximize what they already have and not roll it over because there are some expenses, you’re starting over, but there is something called a 10 35 where you’re rolling over the cash value to a new policy.

Are all companies the same? We touched a briefed on this, but what we particularly choose and what we recommend is a mutual insurance company. And, the mutual part is key because that’s where you, as a policy holder are basically owners of the company. There’s no stockholders or anything.

A stock insurance company say Prudential has stockholders. So their vested interests maybe split, right? It’s not purely about the policy holders. They have stockholders that they have to appease as a mutual insurance company with and participating mutual insurance company.

That’s where the company profits are returned to you in the form of dividends. So that’s where, you’ll be receiving dividends from the mutual insurance company. We like, the, we like to play with the large ones. Lane mentioned, there are some smaller ones, some of those limits that we talked about, maybe a lot.

Less restrictive on some of these smaller companies. There’s usually a reason for that, that they wanna, they’re trying to build up, they wanna attract people. So maybe that 10 times P limit maybe 15 or so, or it may be, you could do like a 90 or 5 95 split on a policy. But there’s high risk.

I think with, smaller companies, the unproven track records. I don’t, I wouldn’t wanna utilize a long term strategy with some of the smaller companies. That, that’s where again the strategy is more for stability and for long term planning and I prefer to use proven large companies.

Yeah. And trust me guys, I get approach of all kinds of stuff these days. And like insurance companies show Puerto Rico that supposedly can get you around some tax things and all that type of stuff. Like to me, like you’re not like this infinite banking thing is what, like everybody should do. Everybody should be flowing your money through your infinite policy.

So you can be growing that asset there and then taking out in an invest it right. And make way more money there. That’s the one, two step program to make a little bit more on the, on this banking side. Taking on a lot more risks is just not worth it guys like that’s, I don’t know. I don’t, I just don’t think that’s Wises.

Yeah. And this is another question we get asked a lot. Is, am I too old to, to start this? Or would this strategy benefit me? I’ve had, I have some 60 year old clients 70 year old, maybe pushing it, but again, we can we can run some scenarios and see if it makes sense. The, again, because we’re using insurance, I think the largest determining factor would be being able to qualify.

The age itself, isn’t really the factor. It’s health conditions. Even whether you’re 70 or 40, the health conditions usually is the factor on being able to utilize a strategy, if it makes sense. The biggest thing, a 20 year old versus a 60 year old, if you look at the illustration the biggest difference you’ll see is the amount of death benefit.

So say for that 40 thou $50,000 policy, it’s around $900,000 of death benefit for a 20 year old, it might be like 1.3 mil for a 60 year old. It might be 500,000 for that same $50,000 target. So that’s one obvious difference. Again, we’re not designing it for the death benefit, but that’s one obvious difference as far as the cash value performance.

Surprisingly, it’ll be pretty similar between the different ages. The biggest difference is when you look further down, because this is a long term strategy where, you know, compounding really is impacted later down the year or down the line a 20 year old has theoretically about 60 plus years of compounding a 60 year old or a 70 year old may only have 20 or 10 years of compounding.

And it’s on that back end when you really see these huge gains. So early on it’ll probably perform the same. It might, instead of breaking, even between years five and six, it might break even between years, six and seven for someone, a lot older. But it’s really what you lose out on the back end.

Compounding, at the end of the day, it’s not configured off, like we’re not doing it for the death payout guys. That’s what term life is for. This is just mainly to get an asset that grows in two places. If you can’t qualify. Maybe you’ve got younger kids, you can buy a policy on them.

We’ve had some people, people who are in their seventies buy it on their 30 year old kids who, that’s where you dump all your money to. And it sounds counterintuitive because you think you’re getting a life and policy on your LF, but then again, you aren’t right. You’re just buying an asset and stuffing money into it is what we’re doing here.

And then I’ll caveat this slide that we, we, you would definitely need to consult your tax professional. We’re not CPAs, but you’ve heard the term me and the modified endowment contract. So if you were to cause the insurance product to become a me, then anything you do from there on forward would be taxed.

So even a policy loan take out distribution a, any of that would be, will be taxed. So that’s why by far you, we wanna prevent that from becoming me. There is maybe a time down the line where you want it to me. If you intend not to touch any funds from it, and you just are planning on having it transferred to your, to the beneficiaries, but while you’re utilizing it, we definitely don’t wanna meet Cash out surrenders.

This does perform like a Roth RA in that sense where you’d be able to withdraw your contributions tax or penalty free at any time. You technically, there may be a time to do that also, and we can talk on specific strategies on that, but once you B take it out, then you’ve stopped the compounding on that.

And that may not be wise, especially early on. As far as the other, any other time would be, if you were to just totally pull the policy out or surrender the policy in that sense where any gains above what you contributed could be, would be taxed at that point. But other than that, the death benefit at the upon death, the death benefit transfers tax free to your beneficiary.

It still falls under the state tax limits though. So be aware of that and there may be strategies to help with that. So we’re gonna get into some questions, that common questions that people will normally give us. The first one here is if I become ill what’s just AATE death benefit writer, caller.

Yeah. The good news. So the good thing is with a certain size policy, there’s an accelerated death benefit writer. That’s free of charge that gets tagged onto the policy. That in the event you develop a chronic illness or a terminal illness, you have early access to the death benefit. You always have access to the cash value regardless, but this, often the death benefit is much higher than the cash value.

And in the event, a chronic and that would be basically, you can’t do two of the six daily acts of living terminal illness would be that, two different physicians determine that you have less than 12 months to live. Both I think, bad situations, but the benefit of utilizing this asset again, we’re not doing it for that, but it does have this benefit where you’ll be able to draw higher amounts from it to help cover those expenses while you’re living versus just the death benefit.

And I’ll just mention it too, it’s a PSA. Like we had a guy, he had a, I, a heart attack or some kind of operation on his heart. And apparently he qualified for this. He’s fine today. Probably just can’t do, enter the CrossFit games or do Woff method and go swimming or anything like that.

But, he got a big payout. So if anything happens like that to you guys, talk to your insurance provider, cuz it might trigger getting.

Yeah, we tell the chronic terminal other writers, there are other writers that could get added to the policy. Again, we are utilizing this purely for the cash value component of it. If you wanted, these other writers oftentimes is better off having a separate policy specifically to address those needs. But if someone really wants to, we could add these on guaranteed insurability rider that’s an added cost that you have on your policy that, even in the event that you your current health rating changes that you’re able to purchase additional death benefit or insurance long-term care writer similar to that accelerated benefits writer, it’ll it just allows you to access some of the funds in the event for care.

Again, that one specifically, I think it’s better off to have it a separate policy or a separate life long term care insurance specifically to address that versus trying to tie it on. And then the waiver of premium writer again, also another Expense that in the event that you can’t make your premiums, it they can cover it for a certain amount, but for our design, because we’re minimizing that the PWA or the premium payments that really doesn’t benefit much, because it doesn’t really add much to the cash value since our premiums are so small to begin with there’s possibly, you could have a PUA premium rider, but that would be very expensive as well.

And usually once you one, if you’re able to make one or two years of full payment, max funding, that the growth of the policy, even if you are to just stop payments from there on out, and, we have the policy growth cover the premiums. That’s usually a better strategy than paying for the premium rider.

Yeah. To me, these are like, add-ons on a car, you buy the car to get from point a to point B, just like how you do this IBC to make money in two places and have a store of cash. So all these other things are just addons and other additional fees. I don’t know, depends talk to Tyler if it makes sense for you, but this is this is I think this opens the eye for a lot of people.

This is like a working example of people actually using this dang. And how it augments what you’re doing on the investment side. So maybe walk us through this Tyler. Sure. This was, if people heard me talk about, Hey, if you wanna get a hundred thousand of passive income a year, you literally would be investing a hundred thousand a year for years, 1, 2, 3, and four in syndications, and then year five, theoretically year one deals would be cashing out doubling if things went well.

So the a hundred thousand in year one turned into 200,000 in year two. And then it would you live off a hundred thousand, reinvest the other a hundred thousand and keep the machine going this strategy, this double dip just rolls insurance into that. The I B C into that year, it would require a little bit more upfront capital because of that loss of liquidity in year one.

But in this case, it would be a hundred thousand dollars target amount funding for 10 years. Your actual me limit would be 150,000. So that’s where you can actually year one stuff up to your me limit, but in this case, so this is that blue box. You max fund, you would fund 125,000 year one. You would have a hundred thousand available, in a form of a loan.

So you take that policy loan. Fund your two policy or two deals. $50,000 deals, year two, you have you fund a hundred thousand and your cash value at that point would be about 198,000. You could take out 90 or total. So it would go up about 98,000. So you could take out nine, 8,000, you’d have to supplement 2000 more.

And these are just rough numbers, but that would fund your next two deals. Year three, you fund your policy a hundred thousand. You would have access to that a hundred thousand and to fund your deals and year four, same thing you’d fund the a hundred thousand to your policy have access to a hundred thousand fund.

Your two deals in year five, when your deals pay out, instead of now having living off of a hundred thousand, you could take that a hundred thousand pay or your policy premiums or max fund it to a hundred thousand for that year, and then take that other a hundred thousand and fund your two deals and keep that machine going.

And then from there on, out from your five on technically, your deals are funding your premiums and you still have access to the cash value. On those later deals, you could then do the reduced, paid up at year eight, or because this was designed for a 10 year funding. You could continue funding at.

Most people at that stage when they’re seeing dumping in a hundred thousand and having more than a hundred thousand show up in cash value would wanna continue funded for as long as the design was for. And another concept that I look at this IPC is when you first do this, you gotta decide how much you’re gonna fund it every year for a five to 10 year range.

Basically what you’re doing is that’s your container side. And because we configure with 90 10, it’s pretty easy to hit your minimum contributions. You fund most of your first year, you’re done. You don’t really need to put anymore. So if you lose your job or something like that after you don’t really need to make your next year’s commitments.

And I think that’s a big game changer and it took me like four or five years to understand that myself. But the idea is creating this container to grow. You may not have the cash value inside, or cuz you’re taking the money out and growing it somewhere else as you should, because you’re gonna make a higher yield.

You should make a higher yield outside of this policy, but at some point, and this is the concept of end game or growing your net worth past two, 5 million, you wanna return the money back to this container and you’re gonna wish you had your container as large as could be. This could mean for a lot of you guys.

You. Maybe a million and a half, $2 million of potential cash value funding that you could hide money in there, asset protected and, tax free dividends there. That’s the concept of, this is more, this is a different diagram, which you guys can take a screenshot.

What, all this will be in the eCourse where you guys digest, this is, maybe partially, this you’re starting, you’re funding it like in toddlers standard plan. And then, you start to keep some cashier for unexpected life happenings college. There are a lot of different use cases where we’ll get to the end of the presentation here, but this is there’s a lot of different uses for the same thing.

And, like I said, this is how I use it in the growth mode, when you’re taking the money out, you’re investing in deals or whatnot. But yeah, just a lot of different use cases.

This is maybe a little another advanced strategy of the triple dip. The first thing you dump it into the cash value or the, you dump it into your policy. You leverage out, you can dump it into a brokerage account and then take a security back line of credit and then do the syndication.

So it’s just putting it in another asset that can be leveraged. Again, these are maybe more advanced and someone who you know, is comfortable with debt and strategic debt and maximizing that. But this is where, that same dollar could technically be working in three areas at the same time the limitations or policies. So again, be because it, it is insurance, there’s a maximum insurable amount. Your human life value is what the, what insurance companies are looking at. That’s generically tied to your annual income. And as you get older, because your earning years or less, that means you, you can qualify for less.

You could qualify for less and less. The rule of thumb is based on your annual income. There’s some flexibility with that and we can talk specifics on a private call. One major threshold is a $10 million death benefit or a cumulative death benefit. That’s where usually a third party verification would be required to validate your, the income look at possible tax returns.

And it becomes a lot more challenging once the death benefit crosses 10 mil health, your health obviously 📍 is a big factor on what health rating you get. Again, keep in mind that you’re being rated amongst the average American your age. So it’s it, some existing health conditions are expected.

The biggest thing is that it’s being monitored or are treated and there’s follow ups in that. One thing we normally recommend, if you, if there are, you would go to your primary care or someone to see what your records will look like, because the underwriting process does pull the records from your primary care provider.

And just see if there’s any notes in there or ask the doctor, if there’s anything in there that may impact your insurability. And if there is say, like there’s a recommended colonoscopy, but then you didn’t do it that it now would be the time to do it. So that there’s that follow up documentation in your record.

And now if you become uninsurable for whatever reason, then that’s where you could look at, a spouse who may be insurable some business partner, as long as you have an insurable interest, or why would you, why the need to be pulling a life insurance policy on someone else? That there’s possibilities of that.

So even though if you’re very old, maybe a working child, that they have a you have an insurable interest on, on, on their life that you maybe be able to fund a policy on a working child versus yourself. Yeah. So the 10 million cumulative death pay, or that, that cap at 10 million, most people won’t hit that in their first policy.

I think most people will get up to that in their second policy where they layer on top of that. But, $10 million, that’s like putting in quarter million dollars every single year for six or seven years, I would say most people will start off with maybe, a hundred, hundred $50,000 and that kind of segues into alright, we talked a lot about this stuff today.

What’s gimme a starter. What do people normally do? I did this video way back when my hair was a little longer, or if it didn’t stay down so here’s the use case. So like a million dollar net worth person, they’re able to save 60 to $80,000 a year. That’s the net, right?

Which you save. Most people in our group make, maybe make two or $300,000 a year and they spend most of it, but they have 60 to $80,000 left over. That’s like the net is what I’m calling. So what I normally will say is now take a third of that net. So a third of the 60 to 80 and use that as your base commitment every year for five to seven years.

So what that works its way out to is for most people here, at the very least do 30 to 50 grand a year. But then if you have a lot of like lazy equity, home equity, IRA money, then you may wanna layer up more on top of there. So in a, in addition to your 30 grand a year, Say another, another case somebody has 500 grand of lazy equity, which is very common.

Most of our investors, they come to me in their forties and they have half a million dollars, million dollars in their IRAs or, various places, at least half a million dollars in their home equity and they wanna get it working. And I think this is the use case of you’re supposed to put it in deals, you’re new, so you don’t really know where to put it. Or so the infinite banking is a great way where it is relatively zero risk in terms of like where these life insurance companies are gonna go. It’s a great place to just throw your cash from now, make a little bit of yield before you get your bearing, build your network, figure out where to put your money, who to trust for these deals.

So for this example, if you have half a million dollars of home equity or some other source of liquidity, what I would probably be doing is in addition to your 30,000 a year and in a hundred, cuz you funded in five years or, double up, put, a little bit more the first several years.

So I mean you could fund it anywhere from $130,000 a year to $250,000 per year again, because the way it’s configured with only 10% insurance, once you’ve funded, the 10% of it you’re done, which is typically in the first year or partial of the first year, If, and this is the game changer.

When people are configuring this with 30% or 50%, you may have to put in, another two, three years of payments so that the policy doesn’t cave in. So this is all the goal of this is to get your money into invest, but also increase the container size as much as possible. The 90 10 policies to me is the best tool for that job to overfund it and expand that container size as quick as possible, getting you the maximum amount of the cash value.

So you can go and take it out as a policy loan and invest it in deals or whatever you want and make our money elsewhere and still make money in two places. We, there was some discussion over what do I do after? That’s where I would say, maybe in year two to four, you get another policy on and layer on top of it.

Cuz at this point you’ve taken some policy loans. You get the you get it, you’re more comfortable with fields. So you layer on a bigger policy, big kid policy. And this is what I did. I started with, $50,000 in my first policy. I did that for a few years and I layered another one.

And then I layered another one where I hit my $10 million. And as an entrepreneur, it’s hard for me to verify my records because I don’t pay taxes cuz I don’t make income. That’s make all passive income. You drive it down to zero. One of the downsides is you can’t qualify for more than a $10 million insurance policy.

Or as Tyler tells me, it’s hard, it’s going to be hard. But I would argue, why do you need bigger than a 10 million policy where you can suck away one, 2 million of liquidity. At some point it becomes impractical. And to me like the way I look at money, even in end game, you should still be growing your money in maybe less value, add aggressive deals, but maybe more stabilized assets triple nets, things like that.

But I would say like the lesson learned that most people say is don’t wait and overanalyze. Like I think we got into some of the details a little bit, but is keep it simple folks, like just create a policy, fund it with a hundred grand a year, take it out, take a policy loan and invest it.

It’s simple, very simple. The interest rates and the way these policies they’re always changing and they’re never getting better. So the best time to do it was yesterday. And at the end, like your money is more safe than deals and banks. And that’s why. Tyler. And I will, we’ll talk about, new people coming in, and, I believe in the deals and I invested in myself, sometimes there’s very green investors that have a lot of money that they need to get it working.

I always can say with a clear conscience, I’m like, yeah, Tyler, just sign ’em up for a policy. And just at least make, they can make 5%, on that chunk of money. Because they’re new, they haven’t done this syndication E course or met other people and started to diversify into a multitude of different alternative investments.

But here’s some of the, if you guys wanna start to queue up your questions, we can get going through them after this slide. But here are the use cases that I’ve personally come up with. So starting at the top, or top left, comboing, this, we’ve talked about this quite a bit, investing in investments, alternative investments I’m coming out with a new pro fund where it’s just gonna be a straight 12 to 13% paid monthly.

What better the combo with your 5% infinite banking? You can also combo it for like college savings. They’re at the top, right? This is the 5 29 plan killer. This is the ability to keep money for the short term. Maybe your kids are going off to college in five years or 10 years. Great place to put this money.

The bad thing about 5 29 plans. They’re like 401k plans, they’re investment vehicles for the clueless, and they’re bad because they you’re stuck with all these retail investment products with high fees. And they’re just investments for the masses where all you guys listening, you guys have been opened up to the world of alternative investments.

Sure. You have to grow your network and get comfortable with the people you work with. But as you can typically find better returns and a lot safer in more real assets than the stock market or those investment options. But, this is where, it’s a lot of people use this interchangeably with their college savings for their kids or their retirement.

Bottom left, the end game investor, the guys that are above two, $4 million net worth, they have, they’re totally fine living off of 10 to $20,000 a month. I probably put Tyler in here a little bit, maybe not all your money, but a good chunk of your money is just sitting here just churning at 5% and.

At this point, maybe like a 70, 30 split policy where you can continue to fund it longer term might be better. But that just an opportunity for you to have just, it’s simple, right? If you need some money, just take a loan from your cash value your life insurance company, it’s super easy and your money is there and secured more secure than banks.

And then the bottom, just general new investors, right? You come into the alternative investment space, you don’t know what to do. Some people call it, wow, I got all these options, right? Multifamily, self storage, hotels, right? All these private funds where you’re investing, when you know the people and you’ve come out to a retreat and you meet all these cool people.

And they’re all like, not paying off their houses using debt appropriately, but it’s, it takes a while to get into this world, right? Unless you wanna just start throwing a hundred thousand dollars in a couple dozen places, know this is a great place to put your money and let yourself season let that relationship seasons, let’s see that first round of deals go full cycle.

Before you start to invest larger and larger amounts, certainly get over 20 to 30% in your net worth into alternative investments. But the majority, I would feel comfortable telling people that putting into this stuff is probably more secure, much more than the stock market mutual funds, and probably more secure than just leaving it in your own bank.

Banks fail. But well capitalized in life insurance companies that put people through rigorous health underwriting is a lot more secure. And at some people, some people will do the Helo set first and they’ll feel uneasy about that monthly interest, same concept here, like instead of the HELOC, you’re using your IPC, but for the reasons that, the banks can’t pull your know asset protection.

And I think this’s also great for, a lot of the people on the call, you guys are the more sophisticated investors in your family, but maybe you have older parents or, younger kids that don’t really understand the whole syndication investing. You, if not, let us know, maybe we can give ’em access some e-courses to get a more educated, but, maybe that’s just all they want.

My parents, they’re never going to invest in deals. They’re just stuck in their ways, but maybe this is definitely better than what they’re doing. And I think it’s something that you can promote to them as and feel good that it is very secure. I, I don’t know if the term risk free, but it’s the closest thing to zero risks out there.

Any other use cases, Tyler? I think I missed, or no I think that 5 29 is a big thing for me per se. I don’t, I have a 12 and a nine year old. My don’t con instead of contributing to a 5 29, which I feel is trapped that I put it into a policy also with long term care because you’re growing cash value or you’re growing cash.

Instead of, having a long term care insurance policy, I intend to tap into my, the whole life policy in the event, for healthcare in the future a couple others. So doctors or just high net worth people in general, who are more concerned with legal liability, getting sued.

Like I’ve combo this with my irrevocable trust where irrevocable trust is not a revocable trust. It’s a lot more heavy duty. If you’re under four, 5 million, it’s probably not even worth it. People who are an end game or high liability, like doctors, you can make an irrevocable trust, get it off of it.

But the problem there is like getting your money in and out is difficult and cumbersome. So by leaving some of your money, your liquidity in this infinite banking policy, it’s life insurance, like we said, it is protected. It’s under the umbrella or in my visual representation. It’s like under the patio in a way that you have the simplicity of use and access, but it’s still protected and you can have maybe more or just a portion of your network in your irrevocable trust.

So that’s another way of, use case for this. And then, entrepreneurs out there, business owners, this, I think the biggest thing about businesses is, there’s always gonna be ups and downs. The people who survive the downs are the people who take over the competition that fails and dies off.

The people who are well capitalized are the kind of, businesses never failed. They just lose money or did they just run out of money to keep ’em. But this would be the place where you would put your liquidity for your payroll. In case of a rainy day now, for most of you and you folks listening who are just salary guys, I don’t really see a huge need for liquidity stores.

Most people, three, four months of, salaries more than enough. So this is more for the, on the business owners out there who may wanna keep a few hundred thousand dollars in there for their, their staff of a dozen people, payroll. And Jay brought up a good point, Keyman insurance for a succession team.

That, that is huge also. So a lot of corporations do utilize that it’s a way of having some incentives also for their key employees. A business will pull insurance on their key employees. Business continues to own it, but it serves as a potential retirement incentive or supplemental income for the employee.

Maybe at some point it become, they become vested and you could either transfer the ownership to them or just pay their retirement from the policy as a business. So that is a key thing. One more thing is just, is, generational wealth. I think we touched a little bit about that, but insurance and life insurance specifically plays a big part in that as far as potentially creating generational wealth and continuing that legacy for generations to come.

All right. So we’re gonna get into the questions as you guys are typing into the Q and a box, but if you have to go, you can sign up and get access to the ecourse@simplepassivecash.com slash banking. But if you’re already part of the club, this is the URL to get access to the e-course. So everything that we talked about today broken up into a lot more bite size pieces.

In the the eCourse format that you guys know and love from us and a lot other, cool little tips in there too. I would say, the next step is, just getting an illustration and just moving forward. But let’s let’s hit into these other questions. Let me maybe accept this overall one that stands out.

So I think mark, mark asked as a commission agent, why would you design a policy to minimize your commissions? Truly it’s the reason why I do it personally is because it’s a better product for the client. I’m really doing it for the client first. I am an investor first also, so commissions are nice, but that’s not my livelihood or why I’m personally doing it.

It really is to give back to lanes, community specifically, but other investors also and provide them the best product that I feel is out there. And, truly have the client benefit. I feel even as with the minimized commissions it’s still very good. I’m very willing to share what those commissions are on a call, but.

Minimizing the commissions it’s still pretty healthy the commissions which is somewhat appalling when you hear like a hundred percent, the standard whole life, those commissions are basically 10 times what I would be pulling on the same size policy. And I’ll also comment that if you look at all my business associates, like the one thing I don’t want at this point in my life is nonsense.

And that typically nonsense occurs from somebody who is not financially free and still working in scarcity mode. And, in the deal side, it’s nice to work with high net worth partners because when things go wrong, we just throw in a few hundred thousand bucks each, and get the problem solved and make it right for the clients.

But, business is tough and when you’re not an alignment for the clients and you’re more in alignment or, there’s a lot of people out there, real estate agents, insurance agents, lending brokers, all the people in this financial industry that are they need to pay their own bills, like financial planners. It’s just not people I wanna get into bed with personally. And I, and I mentioned that and they, I that’s just maybe. Life advice for people is when you can get to a point, why do we all do this to get financially favorable? Why well, to do what we want with whom we want when we want that, so that’s why work with people that are, have seen the investments work fi in, in a place in their life.

And it just makes things better for everyone, including myself. , and it’s not like we need to really make money with this life insurance thing either. It just helps augment everything else going on more, less fees, more money to invest. And then, the investments, we can take down better deals in the future.

But other questions here, what life insurance company do you use? We’re not, Tyler’s not captive, so he’s not forced to sell you like a certain company. He can go wherever. Currently I think I know this is where Tyler goes to all these like meetings and they hang out and they do their secret handshakes and they figure out which ones are like the best one based on the rates and the flexibility.

But I think they’re the cool kids are using guardian these days, but, that’ll change all the time. I’ve seen it change couple times these last five years. There’s a minimum amount of a suggested amount of life insurance.

I would say, look guys, like if you’re gonna do less than 10 grand a year it’s a waste of time for everybody guys. Most people are at minimum, I would say, are doing like what 50,000 a year? I don’t know. What’s your take on this one, Tyler? Yeah. The tech, the true answer is, you could do a, any size policy the, that enhanced accelerated benefits writer.

And this is specifically for guardian that gets tagged on for free. If you’re whole life death benefit is at least a hundred thousand. So in that 45 year example, with that 45 46 a year, he was buying 190,000. So in his case, he could go about half of that 25,000 a year, or maybe 27,000 a year would be the smallest policy that he gets that benefit from.

I’ve done, I’ve written policies for people, a th 10,000 a year. It’s. You can see it, but it’s not the, it’s a small policy where they’re not gonna be able to have access to percentage wise you’ll have access to the same amount of money. It’s just that it is relatively small in the sense of why we would be doing this.

Yeah. You guys are investing in private placements and syndication. I would think guys, and you all your networks are over a million dollars. So I would say, like use case, I would say average person, our group million and a half, they are able to save 50 to a hundred thousand dollars at least a year.

And they have a bunch of liquidity, maybe a hundred or a couple hundred thousand dollars a year for five to six years would be a good starting point. But sure, if if you’d like to get a health review twice, that’s what I did. I started with a $50,000 policy every year and then I wish I did more because then I figured out what it is.

And I think that’s where you talk to other investors. And until you get the hang of oh, we take a policy loan to go into a deal. You realize that 50 grand is hardly anything. And then, you start to understand, oh, I nine understand why every, why everybody’s doing a hundred, 200, $250,000 a.

Into this, they just put it in there and they drain it out.

Number three, I think. Yeah. So niece, wait, our question is we are older and don’t have any children. Can these policies be set up for any relatives like nieces or nephews and maintain all the same loan benefits? Yeah. So there’s three main components to the policy. There’s the owner, the insured and the beneficiary.

So in this case you could be the owner. We’ve had, I specifically having haven’t done nieces or nephews, but there could be a reason why we would do that. And there’s insurable interest. The key thing we need to establish is what is the insureds insurable interest to you? Or if you have insurable interest to the person you’re ensuring and nieces and nephews, if you don’t have children could be that something, some, some writeups we’ve had is that they intend the nieces and nephews will in take care of you as you age.

You guys have that agreement. So you have an interest if they were. Pass then you would use that proceeds to hire someone else or, have to care for that. Or the death benefit would be used to find someone else to care for you. So that’s a typical story we’ve presented multiple times, not specifically for nieces or nephews.

But I think that story plays will continue to, then again, we can talk specifics on a call and to get to know all the details. Question four here is infinite banking appropriate to start if I am over the age of 70.

Yeah. We touched about this on the earlier parts, but it depends typically at 70 you might have a working child or someone else that may make more sense starting on them. But again we could just run the different scenarios to see what makes sense. My oldest client is 68.

And it’s yeah, because normally older people have done it on their working children. Question five here, are there no deals? There are no deals in life insurance. And I would say, yes, this life insurance folks are commodities. You guys can go shop it around. It’s just a matter of how much your agent wants to take in commissions.

It’s all the same Dan thing from the same underlying insurance company. But the question is, can you address the downsides of the nine, 10 design or 90 10 design which again is, where you maximize the cash value you decrease the commissions. So once a policy is paid up, we’re not able to sync a big amount into it.

You wanna take that one? Tyler? Sure. Yeah, we I, we actually answered the first half of the question, I think on the, during the call, the the downsides mainly is, there’s some limitation on the funding duration for that target amount. At some point that’s one of the biggest downsides for a 10 90 or a 90 10 design.

But the other question, once you, once a policy is paid up, you won’t be able to send yes. So you once the policy is paid, it, we, you do an option to do a reduced paid up that makes the policy paid up. So you no longer can contribute any more funds to it out of pocket, the policy will continue to grow.

Cuz as you receive dividends, it goes to purchase additional, paid up insurance in that fashion. But the good side of that is that you no longer have to put anything in either and there the premiums are zeroed out. So they’re not taking out any premiums from your policy cash value.

Yeah. And I don’t comment more on that one. Like I think if you wanted to, do you wanted to fund your policy long, long term because you’re in that stage of life where you just don’t care anymore, you’re not taking coupons, or maybe you are, but you’re not like optimizing at this point in your life, right?

Imagine you got $20,000, $50,000, a monthly passive cash flow coming in every single month and maybe you don’t have kids. You just don’t really care, right? Your time is more valuable than money. You may just wanna put your money in somewhere and have it make a little bit money and be able to continue to grow it and fund it with more new, fresh cash instead of taking that cash and investing it, which I think most of the people on the call are going to do because they’re still in growth mode then maybe a 70, 30 policy where you can keep funding.

It might work. But again, I think that one is, maybe talk to Tyler on that one too. Alright, so more questions. Number one here, can you talk about the advantages of using I B C with your charitable giving

you or so, I don’t know about specifically charit beginning, but you could have the death benefit or a charity be a beneficiary of your policy. Or secondly, the, your death benefit could go to a trust and you could have that within your trust. Determine what to give. I don’t know if that’s the question or in regards to your annual charitable giving.

I know if yeah, I don’t know exactly where that question is going, but. I know you can assign, if you didn’t have any kids you could probably assign an I B C to whoever you want. Yeah. Maybe if whoever’s question that was maybe type it into the Q and a box and we can come back to it.

But question two in this example, and I think they’re referring to that illustration page, what is the max we could take a loan from, is it from the net cash value? Yeah, that’s correct. The net cash value column. And we conservatively say 95% of that is what would be available in a policy loan.

So in, in year one, 41,735, so 95% of that. Yeah. The way you guys should be doing this, or most people, if you put the money in, you have 41,000 in net cash value, but you take a $41,000 loan the next day and you go into some deals, right? That’s the way you do this. And then of course, the next year, when you have to make your next premium and paid up additions and you fund it and you get that, but.

At some point, the money rolls in and then you refund it up and then you use this as that liquidity source to slush money in and out of. And then now maybe you’re seeing the big picture on the usage of this whole thing. There, there is. So there is a slight delay because the, you can’t do it the very next day.

You, it would be 10, it would basically be 10 business days. If you’re using that same funds that you just deposited, cuz the insurance company will need it to clear. So they look typically wait 10 business days, then they’ll process your loan. You can go in and request it right away, but it normally won’t get processed till that 10th business day cuz they, they wanna see that the funds cleared.

There’s one way of getting it slightly sooner than that. And if we can provide a bank statement showing the funds, cleared your bank they’ll accept that and then release the funds. But typically that doesn’t come into play unless you’re taking it out right after. So yeah. Good point.

Good point. I definitely, I think that’s where you guys talk with either Bri or Chad or team at simple passive cash flow.com. If you guys. You guys are cutting the wire a little too close there, just, let us know. And we typically can accommodate people. We do this ourselves, so we know it’s the, it’s not like the day of, but it can take a week or so question four, what do you think is a good target of how much percent of one’s net worth should be atypical and best should put into IBC?

I don’t know if net worth is a good thing right off the bat, but I would say whatever excess liquidity you have should be is more of an indicator. And I would go back to my other RX slide on that. But as far as like net worth as a percentage, when you’re under half a million dollars net worth need every single dollar going to investments, not this stuff.

So I’m not I would say if your net worth is under half a million dollars, don’t waste your time on this stuff, go make more money or will save it, save more money and invest it. But I think once, for most investors million dollar net worth, we’ve got X is we’re not the greatest.

We’re not the most efficient with our liquidity. Meaning you got 10 grand here, you got 50 grand in this account, you got. Hundred $200,000 of liquidity or equity debt equity in your house. I think that’s most of us on the call here who are credit investors, I think at that point, it would make sense to start implementing this strategy.

But as your net worth rose, it’s hard to say, right? And I think this is where you mix it up with other accredited investors. You have these types of conversations to me. If we were on a consult, I would ask you what are, what is your long term goals? Do you wanna continue to ratchet up to five, 10 million, 20 million net worth and con continue to grow, or once you get to formula and you wanna just shut off the engines and live life as the 4% rule with 20 grand of passive income coming in every single month, it’s it really matters up to you.

But I, yeah, I don’t know how to answer that question. I know you wanna put in your 2 cents that yeah. I think you covered, the net worth is slightly different. The net worth can play a part as far as being able to qualify for more insurance based just on your annual income.

But I, I don’t it’s hard to say. What do typically the net worths of these guys and, the financial profiles, like what’s I think that’s what the question is asking, right? Like of all the sophisticated investors doing this, what do you see them doing? Think it’s more like people want a bucket size, a certain bucket size. And so say someone wants, a $2 million bucket at some point, but that could be funded differently, that could be a hundred thousand or 200,000 over 10 years. It could be 250,000 over eight years. Or it could be, 50,000 or 50,000 over what was that? 40 years. So it’s really the size bucket and that’s I’m talking like your cash value size at some point in life. That’s usually what people are trying to target of saying, oh yeah. Good point. I think for like most business owners having half a million or a million dollars to be able to get at an end game is cool.

Any more than that, it’s just a little excessive, right? You could have your money elsewhere. This is not a growth option. You should have your money elsewhere making at least five to 10% elsewhere. To have more than a million dollars is a little silly. So yeah, good point there, Tyler.

This I would look at it, not as a percentage of your net worth, but like what kind of liquidity slush bucket that you want to have? I would say at most investors, it’s at least a couple hundred thousand at least is what you want at some point question five what’s wrong or not so good about, they mentioned Northwest mutual, what are like, we’re talking about the flexibility and the rates, but like, why is it that the ones that, we’re rolling with now are the ones that we are well I think specifically Northwestern, we mentioned them as a, one of the strong mutual insurance companies from my understanding, those are all captive insurance agents where they have to be with Northwestern mutual exclusively.

I personally like being independent and being able to be a broker, shop around or see different companies versus stuck with one company. Yeah. Nor Northwest nation is definitely one of the, like the triple a rated ones which is what we’re looking for. But the word on the street is like, when you start to build these policies for liquidity, taking money. Their policies just aren’t set up for that. There’s certainly your cash values. Aren’t gonna be as high, which is the whole point of why we’re doing this, which most financial planners don’t under, really understand what a question here, would it be better to do two policies and keep one going rather than having it total paid after seven years?

So either way it doesn’t matter. I think, it’s like the whole ready fire aim kind of mentality, I think is the best approach here, especially because the stuff here, commodities, and it’s no risk essentially, these stuff is more secure than banks. So the ready fire aim mentality here might be good to just get one policy and you’ll right, size it on the second one a year or few years later. That’s again, that’s my personal, like I got one and then I got another one for myself and then I followed up with one for my spouse.

I hit that ideal bucket size where I will very soon. And then or comments on that. Yeah. So I. It depends, it, because there’s flexibility in how we can design it. So we’re not, even though we show the seven year funding duration you, if you, if the funding duration is an issue, we can design something for 15 years or so, or maybe even longer.

But from a financial efficiency standpoint, I think starting two policies. If it started, if it’s, if you start at the same time, then I think there’s no loss of efficiency. If you’re starting one, maybe a little bit further down the road then one there’s a risk of the insurability. Something may happen over the two years that makes you less insurable, but also even if it’s the same health rating, you’re, you may be two or three years older.

There is some cost to that. But again, that cost may be less than if you started off with a larger policy that you don’t always max fun. So it depends. And that’s where we can go back and forth with some designs to show you the what ifs or compare the different two scenarios.

Yeah. And then piggybacking on the last question question two here. End game. What amount of cash value would you think is too much, 5 million, 10 million. So the cash value is, again, that bucket, that source of slush fund that you I ideally want, I’d say for most people, it’s at least a quarter million to like a million or 2 million.

I think you gotta be careful that, sometimes the cash value bucket size is different than like the death payout, which we mentioned before, we mentioned 10 million, that’s the death payout. But as far as like rightsizing the bucket, which is the cash value portion, that’s up to you personally, just, just know that, your money could be making more money elsewhere, so you don’t wanna go overboard with it.

I don’t know, a million dollars is a nice, if you’re an end game, it’s nice to have the peace of mind that if something goes wrong, you’ve got a million dollars to just throw down. And bill somebody out bail yourself out at some point that might seem like a lot of money, but yeah, end game.

More security is what you’re looking for at that point. And I think the bucket size can be large, but you’re in control of how full it is. Most of, even though say my bucket is too mill at this stage, a lot of that cash value is out deployed. I can make a choice at some point to start filling that bucket back up by paying off the loans or continue having it deployed in investments.

But having a large bucket size is beneficial to me. How you utilize it. You can make the decision and it’s not one size fits all, or you can course correct. Or right now I have everything deployed at some point I may want it full and just live off that four or 5% dividends be happy and not have to have the funds deployed.

So I think, I don’t know for me personally, my goal would be five mill target. I’m not quite there as far as total bucket size.

I think when you’re getting to really end game. Now, you’re thinking about, you’re putting your life insurance in your irrevocable trust and that’s caught an eyelet, but for most people on the call, your guys net worth is not end 20 million plus. It doesn’t matter because you don’t hit those state and federal estate tax limits.

So doing that is really no benefit to you guys, but yeah, we always like to have a conversation over in person when you guys buy a nice bottle of wine, because your net worth is 20-50 million. Of course, if that’s the question you’re asking, but similar on those lines, maybe your net worth is not 20 million, but it’s five.

You may wanna be thinking about charitable giving and that’s this FI question here. So that kind of was a follow up to the last question. And they said your regular annual charitable giving instead of cash contribution, purchase a single pay life policy with no me concerns for a nonprofit on yourself as a major donor to the charity would have insurable interests on you with the charity as the owner and beneficiary, they can use the policy loans for whatever they would have used a cash donation for, and the death benefit to buy more single pay life, making it an infinite endowment. That actually sounds like a very interesting strategy. I personally haven’t looked or used it in that way, but this definitely sounds like Yeah, it sounds very possible to do this.

Yeah. There’s a lot of uses for this stuff. And I think we put a lot of these more advanced strategies in the client section. Because when you’re in the end game, you get a little bored and you’d look for these types of strategies. For now, I think we just wanted to keep it simple for folks, just get going with a policy, throw in 50 grand a year, a hundred grand, maybe a couple hundred thousand a year for now.

And then, get going down the road and make money in two places. The quicker you start doing this the quicker you can make money in places the quicker you can start to create the time space, the head space for you to ask these kinds of good questions and come up with these strategies. Also along the lines of the end game.

One last question came in here. If you still use this bucket for deals or whatever else you want while still compounding, why would you want to limit it? I think the big thing that I’ve personally found and what was a roadblock for myself is when you go over a $10 million death payout or policy.

Now the life insurance companies are gonna want to see a whole bunch of documentation proving that is how much you make per year. And that might be a little bit of a pain for you to do. And especially if you’re not making income at that point in life. So that, that, I think that is another reason why, if you guys are still working your day jobs, you gotta do this now because all these policies are based on your ability to make money.

That’s what life insurance is at the end of the day, you being able to make money, which is why, getting policies on your little kids is a waste of time, cuz they can’t really qualify for that much. Why? Because they don’t make money. They don’t have jobs. So you know, like a lot of it is based on how much you make at your business or how much you make at your day job, your salary.

So it’s one of those things where you set up a policy before you leave your day job or retire. But if you’re already at end game and you’re looking to just keep funding this thing to in turning, I think you’re gonna run up to the issue of them saying you’re not making any active, ordinary income where you don’t have an income source at that point, other than your passive investments, of course, but they’re gonna have a hard time qualifying.

For you, but I dunno, Tyler, any thoughts on that one? Yeah. I, what you’re seeing is I think right on, I think Mark’s specific comment is why stop using your bucket for deals when you, it still compounds, you can still have it out for deals and grow your wealth. And I personally feel that’s a, the backup plan is to fill back up the bucket, right?

And then you no longer have to chase any deals or expose yourself to risk. It may be de-leveraging risk at that point to just say, Hey, I just want that consistent 4%. I intend to have my money working, at some point maybe deals may be a lot harder to find or whatever it is. This can be a fallback plan to have that, four and a half percent.

Dividend returns and live off of that without having to, to deploy money at all for going forward. But there’s that, I think that’s what that, that alluded to the thing about children which we didn’t really touch about. There is a limitation on non, so you can pull on children or minors.

The limitation would be the death limit. The death benefit limit will be 50% of what the parents have as death benefit. So if you, as a parent, have 5 million, a death benefit, a child would only be able to qualify for two and a half million of that. And then the health rating is a general health rating, like what it would be for a group, like at work, when you get group term insurance, It’s just a generic health rating.

So that health rating is not as great. So oftentimes with all of that combined for a minor, you might be able to throw in, eight to 10,000 a year total that’s the maximum you could put in a year still. And because the health rating is not the best, it may not be the most efficient use of that 10,000 purely for financial reasons.

There’s other reasons you might wanna do it for a minor, for a child anyway, but if you’re looking purely financially that may not be the best use of that, that $10,000. Any other questions please type it into the box?

Oh, Luke, raise his hand or, yeah, type it into the box there guys, but I wanted to show you the E course. So you guys know how to navigate it, but we’ll put the replay of this up on here, the way we have this laid out is, the introduction and then we broke out all the little slides into individual sections here for you guys.

And then implementation. And then, once you become a client, get access to the more advanced content here. That’ll just keep things fun and interesting, but this is the e-course, but, they get access to this. You gotta go to simple, passive, casual.com/banking, put your information in there.

But for most people yeah. The only other thing too is that the, it definitely is customizable and it’s not a cookie cutter, one design fits are or meets people’s needs. So that’s where a lot of times it is some back and forth tweaking and that, so a lot of the information we’re provided today is general overall, guidance definitely feel free to reach out and we can talk about specifics cuz there are small tweaks and things to that. Maybe more beneficial for certain goals and than for others so definitely reach out.

Transitioning From Turnkey Rentals and Networking Tips | Coaching Call With Aaron

What’s up, simple passive cash flow! Now on today’s podcast is yet another coaching call with myself and our volunteer, Aaron. Now Aaron’s been investing with us in our group for a while and he started when I was still teaching people how to buy term key rentals and. All that type of pain in the butt stuff.

If you notice we shut down the incubator group, because although I like helping people who are non-accredited investors, it just became a little bit of a not a good use of my time. Because. In the turnkey world or even, buying single family homes through a broker on your own.

The characters always change. And I think most of the accredited investors, at least ones in our mastermind group will all say, Rental properties are just a waste of time and their high liability. You have the personal debt in your own name, and unless you are doing some kind of birth strategy, wiring money to some random person on the, on non institutional level and, one bad relationship from losing a whole bunch of money.

It’s just not worth it. And I’ve said it all the time. Once your net worth goes to be about half a million, million dollars owning rental properties. It just makes no sense. And this is my story. Back in 2015, I had 11 of these turnkey rentals and I had maybe an eviction or two every year, some kind of big catastrophe that happened every quarter.

And you start to realize that, when someone trashes your property and now you’re stuck with a five $15,000 repair bill, you’re what was the whole point of this nonsense, with the headache and liability. And, even when you are working with a property manager, which by the way, they’re not aligned with you, they get paid more money when you have a vacancy, which is completely opposite on the commercial side, where we have we are aligned with our third party property managers on the assets of more in terms of profit and loss, as opposed to, they’re taking in the income from certain percentage of the rent.

Now, if you guys wanna interact with more credit investors who are doing crazy things, like taking money out of their home equity, via Heloc or infinite banking. And despite what Dave Ramsey says to scam and maybe for going on buying a primary residence, especially if you’re a non-accredited investor.

As I always say, I don’t think you should be buying a house unless your net worth is two or three X, that, or that house. Even if you are using debt, come out to one of our events and get to know other people. And definitely gonna be different advice from what your parents taught you and what your broke coworkers are doing, who are probably gonna be working there for the rest of their lives.

Come out on October 1st, we’re gonna be in Napa. Check out those details at simplepassatcashflow.com/Napa and October 6th and seventh. Especially if you wanna get boots on the ground and actually visit these properties that you invest in come out to Huntsville, Alabama. I know that’s a little hard, which is why the price on that one is a lot lower and subsidized for that.

Because we know it. Time investment is more important. But you may have to take an extra plane to get there to Huntsville, Alabama. You can either fly into Nashville, Birmingham, or straight into Huntsville, depending on where you’re coming from, but that is gonna be October 6th and seventh.

We’re gonna be doing a little party for the unveiling of the Chase Creek apartments, our latest development, and you can get more information by going to simplepassivecashflow.com/events where you’re also learning about our annual retreat in January, 2023. There too. Again, make sure you guys are part of our club because if not, we won’t let you come.

We always put it out there in our free Facebook group. But if you’re a high net worth accredited investor, I think that’s the type of stuff that you guys like, and it’s apparently it’s worked for us in the past that we’re really the only investor group out there that, highly vets, the people coming in for not only net worth their professional status, but as people too. So again, sign up for the club, simplepassivecashflow.com/club, and then check out our events that are coming up October 6th and seventh, Huntsville and October 1st in Napa valley.

And with that if you enjoy the coaching call and if you guys like this or you wanna volunteer for a future one, please email the team at team@simplepassandcashflow.com. We can change your name around. We don’t have to use your video. But that’s a great way for some folks to get some extra one hour guidance with myself. And we’ll give you the recording too. I guess. But thanks for listening folks and enjoy the show.

Hey, simple passive cash flows listeners. Today. We got Aaron here. He’s going to be doing a hot seat with us. So I’ve got your personal financial sheet up. If you guys are listening on a podcast, probably want to jump on YouTube and check this out if you want some visuals here, but welcome Aaron on the line.

And for joining us, maybe give us a little bit of a background. Just people get a sense of where you’re coming from. Yes, sir. I’m happy to be here. I’m excited to sit down and talk to you a little bit. Background college graduates started lurking in a kind of corporate America, so I decided I wanted to have more time to control my schedule.

So I ended up starting a small business, which is house cleaning, which I enjoy thoroughly. And so ups and downs there, but it did manage to have some extra cash flow looking for a home. And so I started exploring the world of investing, which led me first to stocks traded those for a while and returns, but ultimately it was looking for cashflow.

Continue the path of finding my time being more in my control. So it wasn’t there and I started looking at turnkey rentals and started my journey that way. Where are we geographically, do you live and about how old are you? Kids are. Born in Ohio and Michigan spent some time there.

Kurt grew up in Minnesota, went to Stillwater high school, which I thoroughly enjoyed, moved out for college to Colorado, which is where I currently live and met my wife. We have one child who’s sick, a little boy who is a lot of fun. So that’s geographically we’re at 40 years old and things that have that worked.

So it’s about where I’m at as present. Cool. It is in the cleaning business. And a lot of people don’t know. That’s the old lawn Mowing business where you get people to work for you, but on steroids and nobody wants to do it. That’s why it’s pretty lucrative. It’s nice because I wanted a business that had repeat customers so I could build over time.

So it’s not always looking for the next customer once you finish the job. So it started the background and construction, and I ended up a lot. There were, you can have a really great year one year and then almost nothing. Next quarter, it’s just a constant process of trying to find the next clients.

So the nice thing about this industry and what I like a lot about it is that you have to work a lot less hard. You develop relationships over time. And through that, you’re able to have a very lucrative and consistent job. The downside of course, is finding people who want to do the work. So that’s a struggle, but the main value I’m able to add to the marketplace is to find the people who are willing to show up and keep showing up and doing.

Cool. So let’s dig into this a little bit. So you jumped into turnkey rentals a couple of years ago, or about how long ago? Two years ago, give or take, and let’s talk a little bit about how you came to that decision and was it about, was it the right choice and it was your experience there.

Sure I listened to a lot of podcasts and read a lot of books. Of course, a lot of it starts with a little purple book. We all know so well, which is rich dad, poor dad trying to find assets that throw off cash flow. So I was trying to find something real. He did a lot of research time for about a year calling around talking to different people from knowing nothing at all to trying to find someone to partner with and found a group out of Memphis.

What I thought was a great tune in is a great team. What really took me off as I talked to several competitors of theirs and they all had nothing but nice things to say about their business practices and how they take care of their clients. And they were hunters. So I decided to go there. They might like many turnkey rental places that had a wait list.

So I wasn’t able to buy it. As much as I wanted to right away. So it took me about two years to get a four properties about as fast as they would let me enjoy the idea of leverage and the first, for the first year and a half. And what were they well and then just started to notice that the returns a hundred just really were undercut by the turnover in clients.

The small things that happen in probably know the value of properties I was at. I was relatively really solidly B properties may even be minus what would you say? The price in the rents or on the course? Those are a little under a hundred thousand. So we hit the 1% rule pretty often. So if it was 60 or a $70,000 house, I got $800. For the door. So it was hit by the 1% rule. So I think the cheapest house I bought was 65. The most expensive I got back was 95.

And now you’re not looking for turnkeys today, but how late is 2019. Now the pricing and rent values are still about the same. I know, I actually think it’s much worse. I was in the process of making some money on the sale of my properties, which surprised me in some ways because people were willing to pay a whole lot more for the same rent. I think by math, the last two I sold looked like they net a hundred, $150 a month per a unit. And from my point of view given what I’ve been through, that’s just not something.

To cover the incidental cost. They may hit all the numbers as far as maintenance and missing renters. But, it just takes one even a broken window and all of a sudden you’ve missed half of your income for the year. So it’s been much harder almost to the point of, it’s hard for me to imagine how people are buying.

Turnkeys at the price points that are now being offered to the same people I bought a couple of years ago at ones I thought were safe. That was theoretically adding on paper between two 50 and two 70. Most of the doors I bought and I just never saw that and felt, I feel like it’s a really tough choice nowadays.

If I were doing it again, I feel like it was even more than it was not what it was advertised. It felt mostly a little like I got false advertising at the end that the numbers worked out that just really it’s such low amounts that it didn’t take much to wipe out all your income for possibly a couple of years and just wanted to spend, yeah.

Maybe getting in the nitty gritty hair D where you are on your underwriting, where you include like five, 10% for vacancy. If I have 10% for repairs and maintenance, I was, yeah. I could pull up the spreadsheets if you wanted. That’s probably too much for the unit, but yeah, I looked at ages 10% on probably the combined between vacancy maintenance.

Just wasn’t sufficient, honestly. I think what people don’t realize is like the vacancy will. Come up at five to 10%, right? Like how you said, but what people don’t realize is when you get a vacancy, you’re going to have to pay up to half the first month’s rent. So that’s like another.

Five to 10% right there. Yeah, for me it feels like if I were doing the math again, there is the 50% rule you hear a lot about with full pull, your own real estate, where you expect to get about half of the rent amount in terms of profit. I feel if you apply that as a model back, did he not say, okay, if I add my vacancy, my repairs, my mortgage, can I still make money?

If that’s true. Yeah, it’s a little bit the same, but I felt yeah, exactly. They don’t take into account things like you’re going to pay up to a month. Actually, many of them suppliers, now you pay a month of rent every time you do the transition over. And to me, it also is just the repair costs in turn was more than I thought it would be too.

There are according to the averages between, 800 to 1200. And I think the cheapest turn I had was 1600 and I had several around 2,500 and they weren’t. They weren’t trashed places. It wasn’t holes in the walls and people were just mad and spray painting things. It was just they left stuff in the yard.

They left the house and it just took extra time. They had to come back in and mow the grass once a week on my dime, that kind of stuff. And they did a great job in many ways. The shocking thing for me is that many things went well. It wasn’t one big blow up of man. You should have seen this place.

It took all the profit away. These are just very normal every day, Hey, the, we had, I, we saw evidence of cockroaches, so we’re going to spray everything down. So that’s another in between. So this isn’t while I live there. So I had to do pest control for a whole year.

That’s another, two, 300. And then you add that to another thing. And another thing later in this field I just, I had $14,000 go out between the four properties in a three-month period. And it was just like, I’m just, don’t feel like I’m going to make the kind of return I can get.

I did the math and figured out I could basically buy us savings bonds and get the same return. And, I will second that the thousand 2000 for change orders. But then this last one I had, it’s going to be like, I don’t know if it’s only 10, 20 or 30 grand or fixed this latest one up. So commiserate, like, all it takes is as you did, you have a three grand turn. Like my God, like that’s all your profit for a decade. Feels like one to $200 a door. If you’re going for, I’m going to make even a percentage, it looks okay. Cause they put in $15,000 or $20,000 in. And if I get $200 a door it’s $2,400 returned as a lump sum return.

Sounds great until you realize that. Gosh, and then you talk about insurance and you talk about legal covering, even just for businesses. I just set up a business in Tennessee. It has a, I think it was a one to 3% on total net assets tax. So do you want to run the risk of having a personal umbrella insurance or do you want to have a corporation run it through that?

And then again, And really come back to really buy into your profit margin. My thoughts are like turnkeys as I think everybody should start there, if you have no experience, especially. And then, but what would you say Aaron to like, that younger kid, just out of college with just maybe 30 or 40 grand to his name is w what should they start off with?

I know both of us are hated on turnkeys right now. What would you say in hindsight? I think in hindsight, I would say that double the expenses that people are telling you, or an average when they’re selling you a. And if you can still make money then go for it. Like I would say, start talking to people and get real honest about how much the cost is really there.

And then do it, run the numbers that direction and make sure that, in comparison to other spaces, even again, bonds, like looking at municipal bonds at three to 4%. Now, if you’re taking 8% return, you cut it in half due to expenses. You’re only there. It’s hard to say, go after it at these prices.

Even if someone doesn’t have a lot of options, I really look at them and say, that sucks, but I’d say, find a different vehicle unless you can find one. The return plus 4%, you’ve got to get higher than that with real expenses and real, talk to lane and say, okay, break it down for me.

What am I really looking at in terms of real expenses? Cause I, one to two grand turns is just normal. And if you’re only expecting to make 12, $1,800 on that and that property a year, I don’t know how it works. I don’t know how you make money. Yeah, one more time. You might get appreciation, which is nice and good.

And certainly it helped me, but that was a lot of emotion, a lot of money coming in, especially if you don’t have a lot of cash coming in from your other business. I did. So it wasn’t tragic. I, I, maybe we go through this, I’ve got a decent amount of extra cash I can throw at it.

I went to $14,000. Expenses came through at three months, it wasn’t coming out of my living expenses. It wasn’t coming up. My family’s experience of lights. It was just unfortunate. And if you only have 30 grand and you’re looking to invest it, I just really make sure that you have a lot of margin or find another vehicle.

All right. And you know what, one thing I just wanted to point out for the folks. You went with one of these like perennial, turnkey providers. I think you knew going in that they were overpriced, but I know you for just stability. Yeah, I think the burn method, if you can find someone to walk you through that, it’s got a lot of attraction to it.

If you can make that three to $400 or even $500 a month, if you have the money and you have someone you trust, I could see maybe that working. I just think the turnkey has presented me even with someone who’s good at this. Just make sure that they’re offering more than $150 a month as a prize, as you went with like the Maserati trying to provide services there.

They have this waiting list because they have turnkey providers lining up around the block. I don’t know if I would recommend doing that. Oh, so you’re a lot more experienced now. So you don’t get that white glove treatment. And this is another reason why I don’t like the Facebook group that we have. I really stay away from recommending anybody because things change.

Try to keep providers. They’re just low-end flippers. Most of them that once they get better, they go do more retail flips and they get out of the gate. So it’s this constant battle of trying to find a new bathroom. It’s good enough to be good at what they do, but not so good that they end up cutting my margin so much that I actually don’t make as much.

Exactly. So that’s the plug for the mastermind. So we kind of trade providers and do that, you gotta pay to play guys. Sorry, I can’t just give up free referrals. Cause you guys have been wasting my provider’s time. Just calling them and wasting time. So sorry about that. Okay. So let’s talk about your property on Wren avenue down here at the turnkey at yeah.

That’s I don’t know what that came from, honestly. Sorry. Oh, okay. Okay. I got it. And I went to delete it. It’s pretty profitable. That it might’ve been, I was trying to represent The P the money I put into the, I’m sorry, the sorry, the apartment building. We just did. We just completed it. Oh, okay. That sounds like that address really.

Yeah. That’s the multifamily we just completed and that’s the Gavi now. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. I was like, that was that look, that’s an apartment building. We did that. I was like, man, that looks really a,

so yeah that’s 60,000 is what I have there, okay. What kind of dig into these personal financial sheets here a little bit. So you’ve got about 40 grand in liquidity. Did you liquidate the turnkeys? I did. Okay. Okay. And then you’ve got your home in cash. So what I usually am looking for is where is your lazy equity?

So you’ve got a little bit here, right? You could probably do what you want, let me ask you a question. Do you want to live in this house ? The long term I do. My first step next will be to get a home equity line of credit to attack some of that. Okay. If you didn’t want to live here. I would say of course sell it right.

But just move and get the equity all out. Cause like he locks are good for, because you can, it’s a reversible thing. It’s not like you sold it or you paid at one person origination rejuvenation for a new loan. But the bad thing is you don’t get entirely at all the equity because right now you’ve got about a hundred grand equity with the HELOC. You might be able to get 50 grand. Sure because they like to have that lazy equity. So they’re secured. So you’ve got about maybe 50 grand to play with here with a HELOC that you figure.

So you’ve got about 90% of firepower ready to go. Your net worth at the end of the day is about one 60. I think it’s just 60 out of the other things. So that’s a little bit more than that. Okay. Okay. Oh, okay. Okay. That’s what that was. Okay. Yeah, that was the multi-family. I just didn’t know what to put it, so I ended up there.

Yep. Okay. So what were, what are your two options at this point? And then let’s talk about this.
Are you asking? You’re telling, asking, oh I’d like to continue to look at renting my money out and building into the multifamily and or others indications. I’m a bigger fan of having more passive and the passive side of equity. I’m not looking to start another business. Did I feel like a lot of the options are?

So that’s what I’m hoping to do is to find a space that I can continue to grow. Investing into other people’s projects. I figure I can put 120,000 in, I got another 60. I can do this year, depending on what I want to find, and then, easily 60 a year after that growing as my returns grow. So that’s a six year plan to get myself to a half a million dollars invested in returning capital, hopefully around a 10% mark and I’ll come to you.

So this is what I look at it. If there’s one indicator of financial independence is they take this number minus this number, which is this. If you’re making, if you’re able to save more than 50, 60 grand a year, and you’re liking the top, at least top 20% of the people I talked to, which is like the 0.01% of the world.

Whatever that is. So that’s a big thing. It’s just not an analytical waiting game, right? This is the frustrating part. When you’re trying to grind from 200 to 500 to a million, and it’s gonna, it’s gonna, even if you didn’t even invest it, you’re gonna, in five years, you’re going to get up to half a million, right?

Yeah, three 50, but yeah, so what people don’t realize is when I started with zero it took, I bought that first property and then bought another property and then 10 31, and then this, it took me like seven years to get double digit units in that, just, it just moved like turtle speed. What about the idea of trying to go and find a broker and property manager and kind of piece together some single family homes yourself?

How does that idea sound to you? I’m not against it. Actually I feel fairly burned from the last experience of the turnkey. I don’t think it was necessarily just the turnkey side of it. I feel like I’d like to. Find a space where I feel like I’m more aligned with the lead investments idea. I like the idea of multifamily or at least the idea that I’m not the direct customer.

I feel like when I’m with the property management, they’ve meant really neat ways of making sure that they get paid. And I ended up being the first to get paid from the Abara complex. Ultimately they’re there to key in, on making sure the apartment complex is as proper as possible. So their incentive.

Is aligned with mine. I feel like I’m a little bit at odds with the property management and synchronization. But the syndications in theory, they sell them. Awesome. You have an asset manager and there are those, who’s a partner that manages the property manager day to day or week to week. But they don’t all go well. That’s the correct, w it’s just like the turnkeys, he thought it was good. Then you touch the stove and you’re like it hasn’t, we haven’t touched this homeless conversation with you works. How do I, who do I trust? And is this just one more?

It seems like on paper, but not to get through it three years from now. I’m like, yeah, that didn’t work out nearly as well. I think we’re in terms of where your net worth is right now. I think if you are like 500, 600,000, yeah. No brainer syndications, all the. But the fact that you’re in this quarter million, 2 million land, you, you may have to put a little bit more sweat equity to get it done quicker. Why is the return so much higher in a single family? I think what you’re not seeing is because you want the priMadonna turnkey provider. And the returns are very slim with them. And then you didn’t negotiate well with your property manager.

It shouldn’t, they shouldn’t take a full month’s rent on the first one. Yeah. Those are just some, but yeah, a lot of them out there were advertising that. Like I think if things go well and I think you’re going to get better and as an investor, you could probably beat what’s indications to you.

Don’t want to, you definitely don’t want to do that term. But it’ll get you to half a million quicker, but you save pretty damn good. You’re not like some guy who’s only able to put 10, 20 grand into the bank. Every. I do feel like it was in a couple of years, I have, between the equity, my, and my home, and I can get to 120,000 this year.

And, maybe 60 or 70 next year allows me to at least put chips on the table. Whereas indication goes, yeah. If I can find some willing to deal with someone like me, honestly, that’s a big issue. Not clearly not a qualified investor, so it’s a whole lot more difficult to do. So that’s what I would say is, it sounds like we’re w we see it both ways.

I think I wouldn’t totally not look for your own deals if you need. And if something looks very good, then be patient and pounce on it, just like the syndications to. Sure. And also it’s a sort of a misnomer it’s not you get access to more deals 90 to 97% is the statistic I heard of deals are for non-accredited investors.

It’s just, you’re not seeing because you’re not part of those networks. In my opinion, sometimes the credit owning deals aren’t as strong because they have to pretty much throw a hail Mary up in the stands and hope that they can get investors in mark. ‘ cause once they market those deals out, then they can only take accredited investors.

That makes sense. So I guess for me it’s how do I, I would look more towards, joining the right networks, even if I have to some way I do so to make it work. But on the other hand, I’ve only got, 50 to 60 grand a year to deal with. So that makes. Difficult as well. So I get, I feel like I’m in between, right?

This is what makes the scratch finally make it, it makes it so much sweeter because it was so difficult to get there. So talk to me about like time your resource of time. Is it better made finding more deals or connecting with more people or is it putting it back into the business and make more top line dollar?

It’s more connecting with people I’ve. I had the employees I want, and I’m fairly unwilling to keep on growing that side of it. Just because it’s, the turnover is killing my business. So I made a decision a couple of years ago that I’m not really going to grow much beyond my current level. So that’s, and, coming out with 50 or 60 grand worth of cashflow that I can use for investing, I don’t the amount of effort or take to add.

Without dramatically reducing it. Does that make sense? I’d have to reduce the amount of free cashflow to have to grow the business. And I feel like I could do better trying to find either network or other investment opportunities to run alongside my business. Then I would put in time and effort and money back into my business.

I buy that for sure. It’s most guys that are like, for example, doctors it’s just to get paid hourly rate. Yeah, it sounds like you’re up against a little bear or very yet the push through. I’ve got a pretty, I make a decent amount per hour, but I, to increase that Maura would take a different level of business that. Okay, I hear that. Any other questions? Like the life insurance, if banking is probably not going to be for you because you’re going to meet every single dollar to throw at more investments where assets that precinct. That’s what I feel about it too. So that’s my impression of it. I didn’t do the research into it.

It seems like I’m trying to find a way and I say my job is that if I can find a way to even make two or three grand a month of passive income, it’s not an all or nothing thing. I can back off a day, a week and find more time than possibly be a better investor, as opposed to spending all my time working and then just trying to invest in the margins.

So I have the ability to work, whatever number of hours I want. But that will reduce my number, my hours when I’m making. So if I can offset that, I can do that. More easily. And I think a lot of doctors or lawyers or engineers can tends to be more of an all or nothing kind of situation. That’s why also is attractive to me to try to find a way to make that return.

Even on the quarter million to the half million side would really change. Yeah. And if it doesn’t make it perfect. So I tend towards the, what I’d like to see is, who do I talk to? How do I get either mentorship or find a group that fits this category? And I’m not sure that there’s one which is I’m done with single family.

I have some free cash flow. I have as much free cashflow, as many doctors do perfectly. And trying to find a way to make the. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah, you have enough Coles going into the furnace is the, as the thought. And so there’s really not. Maybe the other option you haven’t thought about is as you expand your network, maybe you partner with as somebody in the summer position and you guys go after 20 units with each other.

Yeah. I can see that. That’s never really happens until you build the relationships and you meet the right person. And so if you weren’t, I know you’ve done this. If you were to build relationships from zero again, how would you go about doing it? So one mistake in relationships tomorrow, how would you start again?

Yeah. One mistake that I see a lot of people making is they go up to the person speaking on top of the stage. That’s the absolutely wrong place to go and not to sound like a jerk or anything coming to me as probably the wrong place to go. What I found the most effective is finding people on your left.

And then you that aren’t to any, they’re just working through their own stuff and you see if he sticks around and those are the people you trust, right? Because you see where they came from and there’s actual a real value exchange, both ways. They help you, you help them. And you guys want to get up to half a million dollars together, and then there’s a million dollars together.

From a high level that’s like that you think, or the places you think that person would be, I’m not asking for you, I’m just talking, where would you go if you had that position again? I know, I don’t know if I would recommend the local rehab because there most people there are broke.

That’s why they’re going to a local. It seems like one or two people. And then. Yeah, you do there. You’re not in the same place. I am put that way either they’re broke or they’re well successful that they’re not really. Yeah. And you just have a bunch of sharks there too. That are just from the stuff, the house flippers, just trying to stuff people into their deal and give them 10% on.

Take on all the risks you already know. That’s just lane. You’re an equity investor, not a debt investor at this point. So that’s. That might just tire you out, going to those types of things. But maybe I would go like maybe not every month, go out every other month, just be consistent.

You start to the point there’s now you try and realize who are the sharks and not to waste your time with them. And then who are the newer people coming out? And those are the people you’re trying to find, but you gotta get them up for the sharks. Get. I also know you’ve got the, a friend finder thing I haven’t really explored.

Do you think there’s people like me in that network? I could find. Yeah, but I don’t, I might be shutting that thing down because I just don’t have with, and here’s another thing I don’t like to connect people on, let’s say want to be connected. I do the double opt-in.

Standard operating procedure, or if you want to talk to this person, I go to talk to them first. If they want to connect with you. That’s just not cool if I just connect the email, but this all takes time and I got 40, 50 people in the mastermind now. And quite honestly, I need to focus more on them than the feat, the free Facebook groups and all these other free things.

Sure. There so unfortunately, I would get value out of the mastermind or the people not like me, or are they more still looking at single family and not there? Yeah. I don’t like the setting thing, but I think, yeah, you should probably join that thing. 20 or 30% are still in your shoes picking up their first few rentals, but majority are vetting bigger deals as a past.

Okay, but I think your net worth will be a little bit below the median. The median net worth is like 800,000. Okay. So maybe, I don’t know. Maybe that’s a good group to be part of. I don’t know. I’d like to be in a place where, you know, clearly, the, again, maybe too large, but I clearly want to be a place where people are smarter, more experienced than I am.

Yes. I’d rather be not room struggling to, have the, had the pressure to be like, okay, get better, faster than in a room where I feel, not that pressure. They’re not, I wouldn’t say they’re more experience. They’re all newer, but they’re very humble. And that’s what I like.

So it’s a good group of people like high paid professionals. That’s like shooting fish in a barrel, and that’s obviously not free, but so let’s get back to the free stuff because the person listening to the podcast is a cheapo. So I don’t mind spending the money. I want to find the space.

And I realized that quality people, and I’m just for the plug for the cheapo out there, I would say, Hey, spend a couple thousand dollars or several thousand dollars to fight. Someone who actually knows the answer. Otherwise, I think you end up with what I did, which was a lot of free advice. I ended up putting me in the premier Truckee area because that’s where I got funneled, which is, I’m not blaming anyone in that way, but I’m more than happy at this stage of life to try to find a way to spend money, to find the actual answers, not just the marketed answers.

Does that make sense? Yeah, the bread crumbs as I call it. Are those people who paid full time to go work at work. People just like me, who got just enough money. And that’s what the marketing is. The marketing to me who wants to just, I’ve got money. I want to spend up. I don’t wanna spend a lot of time and I want an easy solution.

That was me. Now I have learned more and I need do better than that, but that was who they were. So the goal is to find other people that are along your journey, that. If you’re doing turnkeys, maybe like how I had a few people in Birmingham with that I could bounce ideas off of her, or if my property manager wasn’t performing, I’m asking, oh, are you still using that same guy?

So that we all kind of band together that, but just, that’s just one example. Another example is just holistic wealth building ideas, or maybe even want to partner up and do a deal together. For example that’s what you’re trying to create now. How do we do that? I don’t know.

We’re not giving people much advice. We’re not doing a good job. I guess that’s what I’m pushing you. Why I signed up for this and I can be nicer in a minute if you want me to say something else, what is beyond just getting out of bigger pockets. What’s beyond just reading a bunch of blogs, listening to podcasts.

There’s something between that and the $40,000 mastermind, like what is, what exists between those two? I’m willing to spend the money if I need to, but I need to find a better source of advice than what’s free on the internet, because that led me to a mediocre. And I’ve been listening to podcasts for over a decade now.

And I’ll tell you that the podcasts are the same old stuff. I don’t even listen to podcasts anymore. And so what I would say the next step that I went down. Is get around. You gotta pay to go to like higher end conferences. Okay. You have to pay over a thousand dollars to attend these things.

And part of that is just getting around people who are more serious than the $50 weekend seminar crowd. But then I think what you’ll find is some of those groups are, they’re just not in the right. They’re more go getters. They’re more, $5 net worth guys that want to do big deals. You don’t want to find guys like that.

What I found was like other doctors, lawyers, engineers that were 10 years older than I was. So I was like, oh, I better copy with these guys too. I didn’t find out until I started joining these groups for 20, 30 grand membership fee. But once you get into the group, It’s amazing how easier gets, but you’re just trying to find a few good people, build a relationship with them, stick around for a year or two, and then eventually, hopefully they find somebody other groups or you do it’s really is the long game.

I’ve got one 20,000 I’m considering, but again, it gets back to I’m making good money per month and I can spend it. And I’m looking to stop trying to be the hero in the, do it myself, DUI. Yeah. I don’t recommend ever paying over that amount. I’m thinking about joining this one mastermind, just to give you guys access to more providers and like lending opportunities.

That’s an invite only one. And it’s only 25 grand. For me, that’s like for what it’s is it’s nothing. But I don’t think you need to spend that much. My, my program’s like under five grand, that’s a sell it, but I think the cool thing is if you want to do it the traditional way, you got to go to conferences.

You might have to go to a few of them. So that’s a few thousand bucks and you have to go fly there. And then it’s really like shooting fish in like a huge pond. Like you gotta meet the right people. You got to kiss a lot of frogs. You got to go back. If you’re an introvert, you’re going to go back to your room, super tired.

And hopefully you picked enough business cards. You can come back and hopefully rekindle a long lasting relationship. But I, yeah, step one. I think Erin is go to your local REIA. Cool once a quarter or something like that, at least, who are the sharks and who are like the new people that you want to connect with.

And now you had that your lens, right? How do you navigate that? That’s a scenario. Okay. But any other things that kind of comes to your mind? Things you might want to try. Yeah. I, I do, although the world, again, looking at things like note investing and such, you still look are interesting.

I’m not sure if I should or shouldn’t. I feel exactly the same way now. I feel a little kind of shy. Like I want to find somebody to walk me through how this might work. Yeah. For a lot of the passive investors that listen to this podcast for higher net worth guys, if you’re not, I don’t know why he listened to us.

Really the only things you want to do as an operator are like non-performing notes maybe self storage apartments, once you get to the assisted living or mobile home parks, those are more hands-on right. It’s a spectrum. Most hands-on operators like non-performing notes. For example, you can do that in the comfort of your home, living in Hawaii or Los Angeles.

Or the other ones, you gotta be boots on the ground that said, if you want to do non-performing notes, you have to go to the bootcamp. You gotta pay to play the 20 grand or whatever it costs in my humble opinion. Okay. Yeah. Like I said, I feel like I would need a guide in that kind of world. It doesn’t seem like a bad place, the questions are pretty endless, but if you want it to do something like non-performing notes, The way you circumvent that 20 grand pay to play method and just stop beating around the bushes.

You go network with the right people. And maybe that one of those people you network with that you build a long-term relationship with. Maybe they’ll want to teach it to you. There’s some sure injuries, right? Yeah. So that’s the only other thing on the horizon I think, was looking at those kinds of ideas. But I like the idea, like you said, no, that’s not an equity play. I’d like an idea. If I can find a way that your equity plays while also doing cash flow, that seems like at this stage of my development, trying to get to half a million rather than a million, I have to.

Yeah. I talked to this other guy the other day, all he’s been doing is. That deals at 10 to 12%. And I’m like, where the heck did you get in your head? That this is the way that you’re going to build your wealth while you keep talking to these fixed flippers that try to swindle him and their deal.

Do the math 10, 12%. You’re never going to get anywhere. You got the equity, especially if you only get it nine months out of 12, like it just doesn’t. Most of your time, your money is off the table. A good amount of it. I think the problem is. People don’t realize people look at what rich people do.

If you are like a million and a half, $2 million net worth for above and this stage of the market cycle. Yeah. You might want to be a debt investor to hedge your investing. But that’s not what somebody, half a million dollars, should be doing. You don’t have any money. You got to go make some money and go into equity investments.

You need them all, and you need all the tax benefits that go along with it. So again, that’s where you have to get around people, right? You can’t just listen to free podcast advice where it comes in your head one direction. There’s no feedback loop. And this is what’s nice about this conversation, right?

You get that, ask these questions that you get. And that’s why I really stopped typing stuff into the Facebook group, because I don’t type very well. You have to speak in terms of absolute, but it’s not absolutely every person, every situation is.

Okay that, that has helped. Cause I was tempted by the honestly the 10 and 12% I’m thinking maybe that’s a safer, more consistent return. So that, yeah, but you gotta, I want to get from a quarter million to half a million to a million . It’s a long road, if you’re gonna go that way.

And when you’re over a million then you can consider it, sure. That makes sense. But each of our own, if all you go to his local RIAs, that’s all you get presented with so much a flipper is looking, Hey, I’ll give you 12%. Yeah. If that, the people that I use, they’re all very experienced and you can actually rent the property out and make some money.

If things go really bad. So they’re giving a lot less than 4%, you pay for what you get. It’s very you can talk to Sam, but you’re taking a lot more risks than you did three years ago for the same amount of, yeah. Yeah. So sometimes you’ll see it, the local REIA is Hey, I want to borrow money at 15%.

Is this guy ever done anything, the first time I’m not really sure. I’m probably overpaying. Yeah. Yeah. But it’s a good deal, man. Yeah. It’s hard to hear. Cause I, like many other places, are immune. The average house is like $350,000 right now. So it’s hard for Colorados to find that space even more reason why not to do it right?

Like California or Seattle. There are 600 houses there. They’re wanting people to come in at half a million dollars. That’s everything I tell you not to do as a syndication investor, right? Don’t put more than 5% of your net worth into any one.

Yeah, that goes back to my goal of, okay I can save you for the next six years. If I put, if I consistently say at this Mount, which I’ve done, I proved that I can do it. It’s not just on paper. I’ve done it for over a year now. And spread it among, first, 10 and 20 different syndications. I don’t know if there’s a better way of doing it currently that I see.

Yeah. I think there’s a little bit of work to explore it off. Get your own deal. Because you are more experienced now. So I would say keep that road open. And then as you expand your net worth network, things will open up. I think in the beginning, when you were just two years ago, networking with anybody wasn’t going to do very much, but malware where you’re at this stage, then the network was really mad.

And I think that’s a big mistake that a lot of new investors make, they go out there and then they network like crazy, but it’s yeah, you’re networking with a bunch of other people that haven’t done anything that’s useless. But now that you’re at this stage, then the network is really where, that’s really where you have to put your energy.

I think that’s good. That makes sense. But cool. Anything else you want to chat about. I think that’s about it. I just appreciate your time and gave me some feedback. It’s hard to find again, like you said something between, you’re willing to do it for free and I’m really grateful for it.

We tried to make it definitely a lot cheaper and that was the vision. So I didn’t think anybody should pay 15, 20 grand to get started. That’s ridiculous. But yeah, simplepassivecashflow.com/journey is the URL to apply for that. But I think it would be a pretty good fit. Thanks for doing this, Aaron. And stay tuned for the next episode, guys. We’ll talk to you guys later.

Why You Need to Protect Your Assets | Tax Audit With Clint Coons

What’s up folks. Now this week, we’re gonna be talking to Clint Coons from Anderson advisors about legal and tax questions that a lot of you guys had submitted to me in the past. I know this stuff, but I’m always catching myself knowing that I’m not a CPA tax attorney. So we’re gonna hear it right from Clint.

A lot of your guys’ questions that you guys have given me in the past. I’m really excited. I’m gonna be seeing a lot of you guys this next week in Napa valley, as we do a little bit of a Huey mixer and then off to Huntsville, Alabama, to check out all our apartments out there. We try to do an apartment tour for you guys to come and check out the apartments that you guys own with us.

At least once a. This is about the time before Halloween and the holiday season. This is probably the last opportunity for the year, but if you guys want to interact with us, meet other investors again, that was a big turning point in my investment career was, really meeting other really passive investors and really understanding why I need to get out of rental properties because it’s a headache too much liability as we’re gonna be talking to Clint about that today.

And it’s just too much headache and really this whole brochure strategy. Buy rent, rehab, repair refinance. That’s a great strategy, but it’s just too much effort. And for a lot of our credit investors, most of the people who listen to this show and especially invest with us these days are credit investors and their time is more valuable than their money. And they certainly don’t wanna go to the risk of doing a remote BRRRR or a BRRRR even in their backyard.

So again, hopefully you guys can join us. January 13th, the 16th in Honolulu, Hawaii for our annual retreat. For more information about that, please join our club at simple passive cash flow.com/club. If you want to be considered to come to that you guys need to book those mandatory onboarding calls with me.

There, you’re gonna get a bunch of other content such as our free, even a banking eCourse, and a whole slew of other free resources. So again, join at simple passive cash flow.com/club and enjoy the show.

 

What’s up folks we have Clint Coons from Anderson advisors on the show. , we’re gonna be talking about tax and legal, a lot of the questions I’ve been hearing from a lot of you folks. What do we do by asking for protection? And I wanted Clint to answer some of the tax questions that I keep hearing from you guys. We will put this video up at simple passive cash flow.com/tax. And from there you guys can also sign up to have a pre-con with Clint’s folks. And all this other tax information we have on that page against passive cash flow.com/tax. Clint joined us again. It’s been like two or three years. I think it’s the beginning of the pandemic. I last saw you in person, I think in 2019 looking the same man looking good out there. Thank you, likewise.

So like the first thing, asset protection, why is it important? And maybe we start with some of the basics , it really comes down to ensuring that if anything were to go wrong with your investments or on your personal side, that the assets that you’re investing into are not gonna be put at risk.

Look, I’ve been investing now, like you have for 15 years, I’m older, so I’ve been going at it longer and I’ve, I built up a sizeable portfolio, over 300 properties and multiple different strategies, buy and hold, fix and flip self storage, apartment buildings.

And so through my investing. I’ve come across some issues before I’ve had two houses burned down in the last year. Luckily nobody was hurt. I’ve had a tree fall through a house and strike the master bedroom again, narrowly avoiding disaster. And through it all, if anything had gone wrong and somebody had actually died or been severely injured, that would’ve resulted in a lawsuit.

And I see people day after day not quite on that frequency, but I do see people every year that will send me a lawsuit, a letter from an attorney, explain to them how they’re being sued because of something that happened on their property. And, they live in Hawaii and the investments over in Florida and they have never even seen the investment, never physically been to the property.

And now they’re involved in a lawsuit. And so with asset protection I tell individuals time and time again. Hey, listen. The likelihood of being sued, it’s not huge, right? You’re probably pretty safe. But the thing is that if you do get sued. The first person you’re gonna call is Anderson or another attorney.

And you’re gonna say, what can you do to protect me? And unfortunately, there’s nothing I can do. I was just responding to an email before you and I got on here and this family’s going through a situation where the grandfather owned the property. He contaminated the property and now where four generations or four buyers down the line, and they’re asking me what they can do to protect themselves now because of that environmental contamination, cuz they know, they’re, they’ve already been threatened that they’re gonna be sued and they wanna start protecting their assets.

And the answer is nothing. I can’t help you now, you shouldn’t have told me that you were going to be sued and all the backstory, because it really ties my hand. So asset protection, you need to be proactive. You set it up just in case the worst harm occurs so that you’ve minimized your overall risk exposure very similarly. 

I just just heard this story from one of my investors and they, it was a story of, they got inherited a property from their dad and their dad does everything old school just doesn’t do anything with lawyers. And I guess somebody, there was an elevator that broke and then, now they’re suing all the three siblings equally, so just can expand the scope of the lawsuit. So a windfall for the person suing to go after everybody. A lot of that stuff, like to your point, you can’t do it after the fact.

So maybe talk again where I’m always like why the heck would you wanna own any rental properties in the first place, our group, I know you work with a wide spectrum of investors, but to me, once you go over, million or $2 million net worth, that’s where the syndications as the LP position comes into play. But I guess, from When you’re in an infancy, under half a million dollars net worth, what do you think is more appropriate and maybe walk us through as people grow their net worth, what is more appropriate from an asset protection standpoint?

I get that question a lot. And what I tell people just think about its properties. How many people say, how many properties should I put in one limited liability company? And they’ll be shocked. I’ll tell ’em one property per LLC. I’m like come on. My property is only worth $60,000 or a hundred thousand dollars each in equity and say, yeah that’s fine.

But how much income do those properties generate for you? Because really for most of us we wanna protect the income stream. And if something goes wrong with one property, you have five properties in one LLC. And they make $5,000 each on an annual basis, you just lost $25,000 a year in income.

Wouldn’t you rather be in a situation where you lose $5,000 and you save $20,000. And so this notion that your net worth determines the type of planning that you should use for your structuring, I think is misplaced because the person that has $500,000, if they were to lose a hundred thousand dollars, that’s 20% of their net worth.

Whereas somebody like yourself or myself, I could lose a hundred grand and it’s not gonna impact what I’m drinking. As you can see on my back shelf, they’re all empty by the way. It doesn’t impact me to the same degree because I have so many more properties and I make so much more income.

And so I think when you’re first starting out, you’re at more risk because you don’t know what you don’t know. And many times, and until you start having, you don’t even know what you need to know. And you get this backwards in your structures that you need more protection at the outset.

And then as you start to grow and you get to somewhere where I’m at, I don’t have 300 LLCs. There’s no way I would create that for myself. So what I’ll do is I’ll start grouping properties. I’ll put 10 properties in an LLC, and yeah, I could potentially lose an LLC if one of those houses that burned down was in an LLC.

If somebody was killed, I would’ve lost 10 properties. But the point is that I have 29 other LLCs or 290 other properties in that loss is not gonna change my lifestyle. Whereas the person that has $500,000 has one house. You get involved in a lawsuit because of that one property, or maybe you have two properties and you get involved in a lawsuit because of that, not only could you lose those two properties, but one impact is gonna have on your personal’s life as well.

If a judgment entered against you. And so I encourage people to always put plans together that is commensurate with the risk, but also ensures that if anything happens with the asset they’re protected, or if they’re involved in a lawsuit because they’ve entered into a bad lease or involved in a car accident, or a bank comes after ’em for a deficiency judgment that people can’t get after their assets, number one, their savings, their real estate, or what, a lot of times people don’t think about what you brought up syndications. If you’re investing in syndications, I think the biggest mistake people make time and time again is putting their own name down on the syndication. They should invest through an LLC so they can preserve that cash flow as it comes out. It wouldn’t be paid out to her creditor.

Maybe we can talk about that a little bit. There’s two types of liability. There’s the ones coming from so many chips and falls or the elevator breaks in your rental property, or I think what you’re referring to in that case is if the outside in. Liability. Is what your kind of primary concern is. Maybe expand on that.

And unlike, people that differentiate between the two, because I think that gets lost in the shuffle a lot of times. Yeah. So you, we have what are called dangerous assets that create liability for us real estate creates liability. Freedom. Just if you live in Hawaii and you have an investment property in Florida, if somebody injures themselves on that investment property, they’re gonna Sue the owner and you didn’t have to do anything wrong.

You had a property manager that was managing it, but it doesn’t matter. You’re still responsible cuz you own the property. And if you own it in your own name, they’re coming after you. But if you aren’t in an LLC, they’re going after the LLC. And hopefully that’s the only asset that’s available to them in that LLC.

So worst case scenario, what do you lose? You lose the equity in that property. Plus what I say is more important, the income, but you are preserved. I had a client. They’re a client and I met them a long time ago and they had this issue where they owned everything in their own name. And so now we’re gonna switch and talk about what happens with assets on our liability on the outside.

So they had multiple properties, 14 homes, and they sent their son off to college and he’s there less than a week. And he hits someone with a car and he makes this person a paraplegic. So the attorneys, of course. Sue the parents because they were paying for the kids’ education. They were still responsible for ’em and they found them liable for this person’s injuries and they bankrupt them.

And so here’s a couple, they had actually retired with living off the income from their assets. They’re in their early sixties. They BK themselves because of this lawsuit. And now they’re back at different jobs trying to rebuild. And the thing they said to me is they said, you know what? I wish we had this knowledge when we had the assets, we just didn’t appreciate the risk at that point in time.

And so this is what we refer to as outside liability, you’re gonna be sued personally. And then the question is, what can that creditor attach? What can they get from you? By using limited liability companies, certain types of trust, limited partnerships, what you’re able to do is limit a creditor’s recovery to what we call a charging order, which means that if it’s in an LLC, if you set it up the right way, we can’t take your LLC from you.

We can’t take the properties that are held inside of it. We can’t take your cash flow that is being generated from the properties or from a syndication that all stays protected inside of that box. You control it. I have a longtime client who lives in Oahu, and she was involved in a situation where.

She got into a deal with two Hawaii real estate developers. And she got the short end of that deal. And now she was going after ’em for $2 million and she got a judgment against them, a personal judgment against each of them for 2 million bucks. And she wrote me an email a couple years back, really frustrated.

She said, Clint, I’ve got this judgment and I’m not getting paid. They’re living in my own neighborhood and luxury condominiums, driving Teslas and Mercedes. And I know what they have. They have all these LLCs and there isn’t a single attorney that can get me paid. And she wanted me to look at it and see if I could offer any advice.

And unfortunately, my response was, there’s nothing we can do. She set ’em up. The developers set it up this way, so they’re protecting their income stream and their assets. And I knew every LLC that they had, and I knew how the money flowed through all the LLCs. And I explained to her, I said, I did the same thing for you.

And if the shoe was on the other foot, You wouldn’t have to pay out. And so I understand it’s frustrating, but that’s why people use entities. And that’s why I think people who have assets, people who are investing, they’re putting themselves out there need to take adequate steps to protect themselves.

So hypothetical question here, cuz it’s always hard for us to determine which one is the biggest liability outside in the inside out. If I had 10 rental properties, which I think are dirty assets, cuz things happen in them. And would you be more concerned for me personally, driving down to the grocery store, hitting grandma like that kind of outside in attack versus something happening with the 10 properties, I guess just that cuz you see these cases, you see the actual lawsuits and from the outside and inside all the time, which one?

Like which one would people do? People need to worry about more? It’s equal. People get sued for the most random things, cuz you can never predict when a lawsuit is gonna happen. You’re right. Driving down to the store two years ago, I was driving to a restaurant near Christmas time for dinner and it was raining.

It was dark. And some guys walking across the street in all black, in an unli street, I’m like you idiot. I almost clipped him. My wife freaked out. And because I couldn’t see very well cause it was pouring down rain and had I hit him that would’ve been a lawsuit and so things like that can occur.

But at the same time, I’ve got a whole bunch of emails and letters from clients that I use in my presentations, even where I show people, Hey, this person bought a piece of property and they’re being sued cuz this is what happened. And. It’s equal and that’s why you need to balance that out. And by putting together the structures, you’re protecting yourself from the asset. So if anything goes wrong there you’re protected. And you’re also protecting the asset from anything that you do. So you get two forms of protection by putting it into effect.

Yeah. I would also mention if you’re a doctor or high liability profession, even like a real estate broker, you’re gonna get sued all the time. That potential for that outside in attack is probably much larger than the average W2 employee out there. That’s what Clem’s saying. So if an investor is dumping all their rental properties, going into syndication deals as a passive investor, then they don’t have to worry too much about the liability from the investment, but they still have to worry about the outside.

They themselves are the worst enemy or the liability. At that point. Yeah. So actually a physician client one time called me up and this was classic. He’s a physician client. He wasn’t the time he wasn’t. And he said, Hey there’s a judgment against me. That’s coming down. And I’m about to have a liquidation event with this syndication that I’m invested into.

How can I word it to this deal sponsor, that’s running this syndication that I don’t wanna receive that money right now. And I want ’em to hold it until after this thing all plays out. And I said, really, you think they’re just going to make an exception for you and say, we’re gonna liquidate out our, every other investor in this deal.

But for you, we’re gonna hold on to your funds because you’re afraid that they’re gonna go to a creditor. I said, that’s not reality. And in fact, if you made that. What is it gonna show that you’re trying to influence or hide assets and you’re gonna put that person at risk. So they have no incentive to help you.

They, if I was their attorney, I tell ’em not to. So how do you protect against that? What you do is you take your syndication interest and you put ’em into a limited liability company. Typically we’re gonna set it up in Wyoming or Delaware, and you have it held by that LLC. So when the syndicators do pay out, it doesn’t go to you directly.

It goes to your LLC that you control. You’re the member of, and if you were staring down a lawsuit or a judgment, the creditors can’t step in front of you and swipe that distribution from you because the only time they’re gonna get paid, get this is if you decide to take money out of your limited liability company and pay it to.

And I haven’t met a person yet. That’s been in that situation where they say, yeah, I’ve got, 500,000 sit in this limited liability company. I’m just gonna start taking distributions to make sure my creditor gets paid more likely. They’re gonna say, I’m just gonna reinvest it, sit on this until that judgment expires.

And then I’ll start taking my money out. That’s how it works. But most time you’re never gonna get there. And the reason why is because attorneys understand how all this works and they’re gonna settle. One of my clients in Los Angeles $1.7 million judgment entered against him earlier this year.

And of course, he’s tripping all over himself, freaking out, he’s going into a debtor’s exam. He saying, what do I tell him? I said, you have to be completely honest. You disclose everything that they ask. And so he started going through and telling him how, set up LLCs. He was using myself as his attorney through Anderson and they pulled it up.

Our information on Anderson. And there was three attorneys that are grilling them and they started conversing amongst themselves. And then they turned the mic off, turned off the camera. They did a re they took a recess for, I don’t know, 15, 20 minutes. They came back and they said, listen, I understand you’re using this firm.

You’ve set up the structures. You’ve already disclosed. We don’t need to continue on if you’re willing to accept $400,000, we’ll settle today for 400 grand, 1.7 million to $400,000. Once they knew what they were up against calls me up, he goes, what do I do? I said what do you wanna do? He goes, I want to take it.

And I said, no, you don’t wanna take that. That’s just their opening offer. They’re gonna go lower. They just showed their hand because they knew they wouldn’t get paid otherwise. And so sure enough, we went lower or he did. And that’s the point why you have this stuff because it puts you in a stronger position.

And again, I think that’s where not a lot of people realize like this stuff it’s not black or white binary, it’s gonna protect you, not protect you in a way it’s like a magic card that yes, it shields you from a vast majority of the settlement. Everything’s pretty much settled. I don’t know what the stats are but like 90, 99% of things are settled.

Just goes to a math formula. If you have your LLC or some other legal entity set up that it’s basically like a shield. Correct. So what’s like the standard, like on the podcast form here, we can’t really go into too many details, but what’s some, like a typical like entity structure or maybe multiple structures, for the average, multimillionaire they’re just a passive investor. What kind of does that kind of look like for folks.

Typically, I tell people anonymity king, make sure they don’t know what you have, because if they can’t find it, they’re not gonna know they can go after and it’s not something they can recover against, make yourself appear as if you don’t own much of anything, because that increases the likelihood that a personal creditor will settle for policy limits and go away.

And that’s really what we’re driving towards. It’s those aggressive creditors where the attorney, is trying to make a buck more than the policy limits. That’s gonna push past that where you wanna make sure you have a firewall set up. And the best way to create a firewall is to use limited liability companies and LLC, that has what we refer to as charging order protections.

So I like to always set someone up with a Wyoming limited liability company, because it’s some of the best protection you can use to ensure that if you get sued personally, A creditor cannot break that LLC and get into whatever it holds. So we start with that as the base foundation, and then from there that LLC will own other limited liability companies because that’s the outside end shield.

So if somebody sues you that stops them from getting into your assets, your investments, you hit grandma going down the road, the outside in. Yeah, that’s right. Perfect example of that. So now your investments, your syndications your real estate that you own, your brokerage account equities, things like that.

You’re gonna set up separate not the syndications or the savings guy. You drop that right in your Wyoming, LLC. But if you own residential real estate, single families, maybe you have a duplex here, there you put those in separate LLCs. They all point to the Wyoming, LLC. So they’re all owned by that one, Wyoming, LLC.

So if you were involved in a lawsuit and somebody said to you, Hey how many LLCs do you own? I only own one. They need to ask the question. How many LLCs does the one LLC that you own? Oh, maybe it owns eight, but it’s your shield. So by setting this up in the manner which I described, if something were to happen with one of those other upper tier LLCs that happens to hold a duplex, then it’s gonna stay contained in that LLC.

And that’s going to absorb any losses associated with that, but your syndications protected your brokerage account. Your savings is gonna be exempt. You’re gonna be exempt from that lawsuit, your personal residence, not gonna be attached, it’s just gonna lock it down. And so for most people, that’s the type of structure we would recommend you set up now.

Where you’re investing is really important where you live is important as well, because there are nuances to the types of entities and strategies we use. It’s not a one size fits all people think I talk about LLC. So if they’re investing in Florida, we’re just gonna use a limited liability company. Or if you’re in California, it’s gonna be an LLC.

It’s really not. And so in different jurisdictions, we use different types of entities because you have to look at not just the asset protection you need to look at what are the tax implications. Do you wanna put together a structure that’s going to create a taxable event when you put the property into it?

Yeah. You get asset protection, but at what costs, it costs you $7,000 in transfer taxes or reassessment of the property. So you need to understand that other side of it as well, and look to different types of tools that will ultimately achieve the same desired result. But it’s not going to be with any type of negative consequences that can come from reassessments or transfer taxes.

And I think what Clint’s trying to say too, there is don’t go to legal zoom, cuz I think that’s where this stuff gets personal. And I think that’s why, let me tell you guys to, if you guys are new to our group book, a quick call with myself, we can dig into your guys.

Other, non-legal side that’s my area expertise, but it’s all personal finance and this is, it’s all legal structuring and it’s all personal to your situation where you live, how much money you make, what’s your values and what’s your legal liability is your profession, et cetera. But I guess Clint what’s what are some of these legal structures that you’re not a big fan of, or maybe don’t really apply to situations.

And I guess before you got you answer that I’m just gonna take a time to also say, tell everybody here, make sure you guys get your umbrella insurance, that’s essentially what is the giveaway for the lawyers when it comes settlement time? So get a umbrella insurance at least like a million bucks.

Most people on our family office group were getting that for three, 400 bucks a year. There’s nothing. Absolutely. What are some of the mistakes that people end up making. I see like these series LLCs, these land, there’s a bunch of like flat different options out there.

Maybe you can talk to why sometimes that doesn’t, those things don’t make sense, because where you’re using it, it has to be recognized or it has to provide. Some benefit. If you set up a series, LLC, for instance, and you create a bunch of cells associated with the series, LLC, and then you wanna own real estate in Hawaii through these independent cells of a Delaware series that ain’t happening.

You could do it, but at the end of the day, if you got sued, you’re not gonna have the protection that structure would provide you. If you’re making that same investment in Texas, that actually recognizes the series, LLC. So you see people try to use structures that aren’t appropriate for the state, where the assets located.

They think, oh, I’m gonna save a couple bucks by going with the series, LLC. Hate to tell you that it’s not gonna work there. Land trust, I use land trust for my investing, but I’m not one of those that I’m gonna tell you, you need to use a land trust in every situation because the problem you run into it complicates your life. So I like to keep things simple. I’ve seen multi-tiered structures before that the benefit doesn’t outweigh the cost. And when I say cost, I’m not talking about monetary costs. I’m talking about time, right? For you to have to get you wrap your mind around all this and operate it, that’s equally important, any type of structure you’re creating.

And then the other mistake that I see people make is not understanding the tax side. So there are things that we can do when the way we’re setting up our entities to ensure that we’re always going to look better to lenders so we can fund more deals or if we wanna sell the property. So I’ll give you two, two concrete examples here.

One individual comes to me, found me on the internet on YouTube, said, Hey, Clint I wanna book a strategy session with you. We get it all set up. His problem was he had a multi-family. Trying to sell it. Two buyers keep fell out of financing. He had it in a limited liability company set up by his CPA.

So the CPA got the structure, right? He just didn’t understand what tax election to make, which, he’s a CPA. You’d think he’d know this. He chose to treat that LLC as a disregarded entity. Now the benefit to the client is he didn’t have to file a tax return with the disregarded LLC, but the CP didn’t know the right questions to ask which would’ve been, Hey, what do you plan to do with this property?

Is this gonna be a rehab stabilization and sell? Because if that’s the case, this LLC needs to file a tax return and we’re gonna set it up as a partnership or maybe an escort that would kind of be my secondary option so that when we go to sell the property, the underwriters who are financing the deal for your buyers, they’re gonna get a tax return to verify the income and expenses and CapEx and all that with the property, cuz absent that.

It’s gonna be tough, cuz they’re always gonna ask for tax returns and he didn’t understand that. And so as a result, they kept falling out under financing. And so there wasn’t a clean cut solution for him. He had a third buyer and the same process, they kept asking for tax returns for the LLC. people say, just give him your 10 40.

It doesn’t work that way because underwriters, they got these little checkbox. They have to go through in order to underwrite a loan. Otherwise it isn’t gonna comport with the lenders requirements. And so they wanna make sure that they’re hitting all these boxes and the same thing with the private investor that owns multi or owns, residential real estate.

I’ll explain to them, Hey, you can set it up where you own it personally, or you own it through a disregarded LLC. So you don’t have to file a tax return federal return. But what is that doing to you rather than what is it doing for you? And if you don’t know what that is, then you’re missing out on a big part of real estate investing.

So what I’ll tell my clientele, what I like the way I like to structure it, that Wyoming holding LLC, all of it treated as a partnership for federal tax purposes. And the reason why I do that is because it hits your income will hit your 10 40 on a different line. Then if you own the real estate in your own name and so where it hits your 10 40 makes you actually look better to lender.

So you can get more deals done because your debt to income ratio, doesn’t go outta whack, cuz this is what can happen. If you own it in your own name, it screws up your debt to income ratio. Cuz they hold back income. You can make a hundred grand on your real estate and rental income. They’ll say, no, we’re only gonna give you credit for 70,000 of that.

You’re like, what the hell? There’s a hundred grand. You can see it. Yeah, but we’re forced to hold back. Whereas if you structured it slightly different, same income, same taxes to you, but where it hits your tax return, they give you a hundred percent of that. And then you take that and you look at the audit risk and now you just reduce your risk of audit as well.

So if you’re gonna engage in cost segregation to massively depreciate your property to throw off huge tax breaks to yourself, I prefer to do that through a partnership K one, then on a 10 40 schedule E page one, so that I’m taken out of the audit risk pool. And so there’s different layers. And I call that the business planning side of investing, where a lot of attorneys, if they’re not investors, then they’re not gonna see that, that side of it because they haven’t been down there and making the mistakes that, I made these mistakes.

And so it took me a few years to learn this stuff just from my own investing. And thankfully, because we work with so many clients all across the country, I would find myself talking to experienced investors like yourself and, You’re asking me for asset protection and I’m asking you questions yeah.

To help you plan, but also to figure it out, Hey, what is he doing? That’s helping him to achieve his goals so much faster than I am and started putting all this stuff together. And it’s really helped out our clients a lot in their investing.

And I think, like for our group, this is the simple passive of cash flow ways. When your network grows, you eventually get out of these little rental properties and not only for the legal headaches as we talked before, like why do even maybe I should take myself out because I still sign on the debt personally. But for most of our clients, why do you even need to show income to qualify for a loan?

Unless you’re gonna buy a primary residence, but then that’s another problem. I haven’t figured out personally, when you start to buy 2, 3, 4, $5 million properties, you can’t get a loan for bigger than a million dollars, but if you’re buying a regular house like for mostly you guys out there, you’re not gonna be doing deals, you’re not doing buying a duplex. TriFlex you’re just getting out of that world. And that’s where, you don’t really need to think about, these things as you start to gravitate more as a professional investor, as opposed to deal maker or, the bigger pockets world, group, B guy, those kinds of types of folks.

Let’s say that I’m in four year deals, that’s four K ones then that come down to my tax return. So if I held it through one entity treated as a partnership, not only have one K one that comes down to my tax return rather than four. So how does that benefit me? The benefit comes in the complexity of your return and that should you go to qualify for new personal residents and you want to use, qualified mortgages.

You’re not working in the non QM world. Then when they look at your 10 40, whoever you have to turn, your 10 40 over to less is gonna be better. The more you have, the more scrutiny it draws and you take yourself out of potential situations that you could have ordinarily qualified for. If you just didn’t have your tax return structured in a certain manner.

So when I look at planning, how your 10 40 looks is just important to me is how your asset protection side’s gonna play out. I think all you guys just should go work with Anderson and then go to the tax pitch, cuz I’ve just as the syndicate and sponsor, I’m just tired of working with some of your guys’ CPAs that ask, like they need to file this.

Or the mortgage brokers they ask for all these little K one S and it’s dude, it doesn’t even matter. It’s not like they. Debt recourse to this loan. They’re just a passive investor along with a hundred other investors. They give you guys, if the bureaucratic guy actually knew what a K one was part of a partnership, they wouldn’t be asked in these questions, but they’re just following a checklist.

And I don’t know, that’s my little rant against all these little doc or these requests that these mortgage brokers or underwriters ask for at the end of the day. Yeah. It’s frustrating because it just, can screw up your deal for sure. Oh, and it’s time consuming for you to have to deal with all those little request that come in.

Before we move off of the legal side and talk a little bit about some of these questions, these typical questions that I get on the K one and taxes side, you mentioned like the kid going out and getting drunk and you. Incurring liability for the family. We, this specific question has come up many times in our family office group.

The kids are becoming teenagers. Do you buy the car in their name? Do you put the, the loan in their name? What’s the best practice for that? Especially when, mom and dad worked for $5 million net worth and, mobile juniors out there doing OLS one.

That always comes down to what is the cost of insurance and how much you’re willing to pay? Ideally if a child, when you say child, what over 18 or under 18. So 16 year or even going up to the college, I guess I get, I don’t know if it matters, it really doesn’t matter so much.

If they’re going off to college, like the example I gave you, that vehicle is still in the parent’s name. So that brought the liability back home, but they can also say that you’re still supporting that child and therefore you’re responsible for them. They could try to rope you in that way because you have the deepest pockets.

So what I would recommend, if you have someone who’s over the 18 or over under 18, I don’t think you can get out of it, but over 18, make sure that the registered owner of the car okay. That legal owners aren’t necessarily liable. It is the registered owner. And you know this because when you finance a car, the legal owner is always the bank and you can’t Sue the bank because you go out and pull a DWE and you hit somebody else’s car and destroy it.

You Sue the driver and the registered owner. So that’s one way to, to minimize your risk exposure to the kids that are going off at college. Second thing is to show that they support themselves. Structure in such a way that maybe they’re earning income, where they have their own investment stream coming in.

So you bring them into one of your LLCs and you give them, five or 10% interest in that. And that gives them enough money to cover their expenses. And some people say heck if I give them a 10% interest and they’re making 80 grand a year, how do I know they’re not gonna blow it on, parties and girls and things like that?

Because if they are you’re in control, you just turn it off is what you would do. And so that’s what I tell people, you always wanna make sure you’re in control of of what you’re doing. Yeah. So have them put the loan in their name too or that doesn’t matter? The loan in their name, you could do that.

The benefit of doing the loan in their name is that now they’re gonna build business credit or not business credit. They’re gonna help build their credit. You may have to co-sign on the loan, but if they’re on the loan as well, now they’re starting to create that credit profile. So that’s advantageous for sure.

To do that. What about insurance policy does or does that does not matter, I guess it doesn’t matter so much, but what’s gonna happen, it’s gonna be more expensive for them than if they’re insured under your policy. I guess at what net worth would you say, would it make sense to bring it?

Irrevocable trust to take care some of these issues where they don’t, nobody owns the car. It doesn’t matter about the owner. It’s a registered owner that comes down to it. So you could have the legal owner is the trust, but the registered owner, what gonna be your child, or maybe you make the trust also the legal and the registered owner, but the child’s driving it.

Then the liability flows back to that trust. And whatever assets it would hold and the child gets sued. I could see you doing that. And that’s the only asset that holds is the car. The problem with that strategy is that someone’s gonna look at it and say, what is the purpose of the trust?

And you’re gonna say to hold a car and for asset protection, and then you could run into problems where they don’t respect the trust, because it was set up strictly for asset protection purposes. They might look through it. You could try it. I’m not opposed to doing it because I think more roadblocks you put in place the better off you are.

You could just tie an attorney up. Oh, that car out’s owned by an irrevocable trust. Oh, that’s owned by limited liability company over there. Oh, there’s a corporation over there and we don’t have the insurance that’s in the kid’s name and all of a sudden they’re just chasing down all these different paths.

To me that damn car is really the biggest point of contention. If you’re thinking about how to not lose your money, as far as here’s what you do, you give your kid a bicycle. Okay. And you solve the problem. Or number two, you make sure that all your assets are protected.

So even if they do Sue you, what are they gonna get? Or get an Uber one and give ’em a whole bunch of Uber credits and stuff like that. Yeah. So they never have to leave their house. Correct.

So let’s switch over to some tax stuff. And I had some questions here that I get asked a lot and I always feel bad. Taking your guys tax Tuesday videos and regurgitating it back to them. Appreciate Clint, answering these for me because they are the same old questions over and over again. The first one I normally get is this grouping election, right? Investor invests in syndication deal where they’re a passive investor and they get their gains and losses on this K one form.

And especially if there’s a cost segregation involved, there’s a huge amount of losses created often, like at least half of what they invest . And then, so the investor goes back to their CPA who looks up from their glasses and says you can’t use those losses to offset the gains on other rental properties or other syndication deals.

Maybe talk a little bit what’s the logical leap there. And. Should people handle that one. I’m not sure. As long as there’re passive losses and you have passive income, those net out. And so that’s the way that should be playing out. And there’s always gonna be nuances if people are going back to their CPA with passive losses, and they’re trying to take those passive losses against ordinary income or non passive income, then you’re gonna struggle unless you’re a real estate professional.

You’re not gonna be able to do that. So the losses that you pull out of a syndication, those can be grouped against similar types of income, but they can’t be used to set up unsimilar types of income, right? Similar types, meaning passive income gotta be passive. So from other rental properties or other syndicated deals, all passive that’s correct.

Let’s talk about then that kind of leads into the next question. You can’t use the passive losses to offset order income such as from your 10 99 to your day job. Unless maybe go into rep status, what that allows them to. Yeah. So unless you become a real estate professional, which means that, you’re spending 50% of your time, so you don’t hold a full time job in a non real estate related activity and you spend 750 hours on real estate related activities.

And so with reps to meet that test, it doesn’t have to be with your own rentals. You just have to be doing stuff in real estate. So you could be a broker, you could be a contractor, you could be someone that’s involved in that, an appraiser, and you’re gonna meet the first prong of the reps if that’s what you do for your living.

But then the second prong of that test. Is you have to materially participate in your rental real estate business activity. Or you folio there folio the properties you won’t correct. And so that’s either there’s seven tests, but the two that we look at the most is gonna be the 500 hour test. You spend 500 hours on your real estate.

Plus you met the seven 15 half of your time on other real estate activit. You’re good. Or you have to spend a hundred hours and that a hundred hours is more than anyone else that works on your properties. And so where I find that people struggle with the reps test is that they have out of state PMs. So they’re not involved with their own real estate.

And they try to use education looking at balance sheets and qualify. And there hasn’t been a case yet that I’m aware. That’s ever happened now that could probably qualify for that first 750 hours. That’s not involved in their portfolio. One might use that, cuz that seven, that 750 hours outside of their active portfolio is a little looser.

It’s gonna be tough because you got 50% of the time. So if you’re a physician, you ain’t making it. You’re already you miss out on that prong. So what I typically tell people is that if you wanna make sure you’re gonna qualify, self-manage your real estate. Now you don’t have to. Self-manage all of it just self-manage enough where you get the hours and you’re good to go.

Or if you’re not, if you don’t have the time and you can’t meet 750, 50% of your time, just do short term rentals for a bit, buy a property, turn it into a short term rental, spend a hundred hours on that property. You don’t have to worry about 750 hours, 50% of your time. You just do that.

And your average rental period is seven days or less costs like that thing, harvest a ton of tax deductions, turn it into a long term rental next year. And your goal, you can take that money now and you can offset those losses against all your income that are generated from that short term rental activity.

And so what I find is with many of our physician clients that are not yet just putting all they’re diversifying, they have their syndication interests, they have their equities, and they’re doing some single families on the side. We’re taking those. And we’re saying those need to be short term rentals for the first year.

Focus on that. So we can harvest the losses. We had one guy who sold a his interest in a clinic. He had a big windfall and. Poured all that investment into a property in Texas and turned that into a short term rental. His wife was the one that qualified. He still was busy wife qualified with the a hundred hours.

And it freed up for him must say he was $670,000 in deductions. So it can be huge. If you look at it from that perspective. So if they turn on the, short term rentals, they do that for the first year. What about the next year? Are they real professional next year?

When nothing goes to be a transition to a long term rental? No, you’re not because you couldn’t meet the test to begin with. Yeah. So only that it’s that, that one year. Everything comes here. You’re eating all the cookies the first year. There’s nothing left for the second year. So you don’t care in the second year you took it all now.

Yeah. So this is that strategy where you’re investing in a whole bunch of syndication deals. Maybe you invested half a million and you got 300,000 of pass the suspended, passive losses on your 80, was it 82, 85 form or something like that, but you have that ready to use. So you pulse it in next year.

You, you do a short term rental. Now it’s your game to use those passive losses as you wish. But after that, you lose that kind of that Starman ability that, that rep status for after that year. Or if you look, if you had excess passive losses, look for excess passive income opportunities you have where you have appreciated positions that are passive in nature, sell ’em harvest the law the gains this year to take your losses and offset it, or buy another short term rental next year, a couple years later, buy short term rental. Yeah. One of the things I, you and I were talking about, I had a client that approached me, said, I have this property, I’ve owned it since 2014. I told I couldn’t do a cost se on it. What should I do? And I, I don’t qualify as a real estate professional.

I need some tax deductions this year. I said, sell it. His complaint was well it’s tripled in value. If I sold it, then I have to fail this additional gain said sell it on a 10 31 exchange. Let’s exchange up into even a larger property with that. Now, since you bought the property between two, September of 2017 and the year 2022, it qualifies for 100% bonus depreciation.

So we exchange into a larger property for you. We then perform a cost segment on that larger property, generate a huge tax reduction this year that you can then use to offset that gain that you have. There’s ways to use the code to to fix your tax problems if you’re willing to do it. And in that case, he had to sell the property under a 10 31 exchange, find the replacement property, which he was willing to do because he wanted to get the tax losses harvest it.

And this is the best year to do it because a hundred percent goes away next year goes to 80%. Yeah. Still not as bad, the year after, I think 20, 24 be 60%, but , that’s another strategy that I’ve been personally thinking about is, buying a big house that I eventually like to live in, but to buy it and then cost it out stuff, those passive losses in my pocket, then maybe living it at some point.

That’s a strategy too. It’s exactly right. I’m running out of time in the year 2022 to do that. You are but the thing is, if you buy it this year, you don’t have to spend a second this year. To get a hundred percent bonus you could cost second, two years from now, as long as it was still an investment property.

And it relates back to the year of acquisition. So if you bought it in 2022 and you held onto it, put it in the service and then didn’t perform a cost second until 2024. Your bonus depreciation would be 100% because it relates back to the year of acquisition, not when you do the cost sec. So that’s why this year, as long as you buy something now, 4 20, 20 twos out a hundred percent.

Ah, that’s a good one. That’s a new one. I probably should know that. That’s why our other CPAs on our cost fixed indications. They say, yeah, you don’t need to do it just yet. But that’s a great point. And I really, I don’t know if people missed it, but Clint’s idea. I’m not a huge fan of the 10 31, but if you’re gonna do the 10 31 to get a larger property to, make the bigger bang for your buck on the cost, say before the end of the year or acquire it before the end of the year, then the 10 31 allows you to get something bigger, to get a larger cost say, and stick those losses in your pocket, or at least kick the can down the road. A little bit that way.

So the other questions that kind of come to mind as far as passive investor taxes like I, I think the big thing that, a lot of CPA firms are scrambling, or at least on our side, we’re seeing, K one S get taking so long and most times in private equity world, to have them get it completed in January, February is just ridiculous in the private equity world.

We tell ’em to do it in October when it’s normally due. But still, investors are their CPAs asking for these K one S and what, if a K one is missed, right? Can they just refile it next year? Or what’s the, they could amend the return, just make sure, approximately if there’s positive income there, what that’s gonna be and just report the income.

So you didn’t under-report your total income, but here’s the thing with, like you said, the CPAs, we have a large tax group inside of Anderson, and the problem you’re running into is industry. Why can’t you find enough people to work? And so it’s just really slowing down the process for everyone and getting their returns completed because there just aren’t enough preparers right now in the workforce.

That is willing to do the job. And so you see it across the board, doesn’t matter, you guys it’s taken them a long time to get their K one S out. Unfortunately it’s because they don’t have the manpower. And everyone we talk to cuz we are, we’ve been trying to grow and expand our tax department beyond the 140 people that we have to buy up other companies and thinking, all right, we’re gonna get more people, economies of scale and they’re behind, they’re struggling to get through their work because of that.

And here’s my personal tax question. So I get 80, a hundred K ones every year, then I make it into a little spreadsheet. So I can spot check you guys at the end to make sure approximately how much passive losses I should have.

Yeah. But like the K ones they’re never right. Like the names always felt wrong or the damn boxes on the bottom they’re checked, they’re all messed up anyway. Does the IRS even look at that stuff or does anybody even care that it’s not gonna get an issue audited?

They’re just looking to see if you’ve got the income reported on your return. They’re matching up, not with the name, but with the E that’s really what it’s pulling down to. So it matches back to the parent return. If they were to audit, they would partner, they would audit on the partnership level and just make sure all the numbers add up to what the partner divided up in the beginning.

And here’s why you’re not getting an audit. You have 80 K one S in your return. You’re an audit. You look at that, you’re like the hell , I’m going up for this 10 40 guy. That’s the biggest joke about it. That they keep talking about what they just passed. But with that inflation reduction act scam.

They say they’re hiring all these auditors. Who do you think they’re gonna target? They’re not going after the people that have the K one S and the more sophisticated returns they’re gonna target the middle income taxpayer that doesn’t have the investments that just files the 10 40.

because that’s the easiest person. Plus you don’t have the knowledge. We’ve got some X IRS attorneys that work for us that used to work in the audit department. And they said, it’s crazy. You gave me a room of a thousand auditors. There’s only 10 in that room that handle corporations and partnerships. And those types of returns, 10 forties that have K one S on ’em.

He said the rest of ’em can’t touch ’em. Yeah. So he said, that’s the best way to hold assets. So what should I tell a lot of our investors were new. They might have three or four K ones, and then they’re asking you, they’re saying, oh, we spelled their name wrong on this K one.

Or, this checkbox needs to be checked. It’s just not a big deal. I think you can send them a corrected K one, but as long as they’re gonna be reporting their income then it’s not in and of itself gonna trigger on and on. Yeah, I get it. People are always everyone’s concerned about being audited, but that’s not the thing that’s gonna co you know, trigger the audit.

What’s gonna trigger the audit is that you, the 10 65 reports that you earned $250,000, and you report that you only made $250. That could be a problem. If they catch it and you’re part of the 0.04% or whatever that number is that actually gets audited or point, 1%. But I think if I’ve followed your guys tax Tuesdays enough, your guys have a big strategy as you guys put as many things on as the schedule C right.

As opposed to what normally people will put things in a 10 40 or the schedule E and that’s a lot more audited. Schedule C is more audited. So you have page one of schedule E that gets audited. We prefer to put things on page two, which is gonna be via K one. So all those K ones that you get that have to do with real estate, those show up on page two of your schedule, E not on page one is reserved for real estate that you own in your own name or through a disregarded entity.

That’s the audit because again, 990 auditors handle those types of returns. When you put that income over on page two via the K one. Now you have 10. So another reason why not to own little rental properties. Got it. Yeah. That is the closest plan. I know you’re always looking at these inflation reduction acts and the B B.

Any, like looking into the crystal ball, anything coming up for investors to be on the lookout for for like new tax breaks, like maybe a new opportunity zone ish type of thing or something exciting you coming up or or should be really be worried about the 80,000 IRS agents who they’re teaching with the fake code.

I wouldn’t be worried about the 80,000 IRS agents because they’re not gonna find them. We can’t find tax preparers. What, who are they gonna find to do this? And you can’t find employees right now. They’re not gonna find employees. Just finding people that show basic level skills that they actually wanna work.

Good luck. But beyond that, I think that the biggest thing on my horizon for people who own entities is gonna be the corporate transparency act where they’re gonna issue the finals. Regs, and they’re gonna have the auditing procedure that’s going to be released in. They said December is when they have to release that.

And so I think that’s the one thing that I’m curious to find out what’s gonna be required and what the reporting requirements are for anybody who has a business that have set up a, Ivo business trust, or LLC, or corporation, how that information is gonna get disclosed to the federal government does that one have to do with I remember a couple years ago, I told everybody, that were, putting their syndications and LLCs.

They all got pissed off at me because I said we need your social security number, man. Like when they got all upset with me and I’m just like I’m just the messenger, I know. Is that what the corporate transparency act is that part of it or. Yeah, you’re gonna have to, you have to report on all the members of the limited liability companies, the managers, the officers, all that corporation, same thing that’s gonna have to get submitted to, to the federal government.

And I forget if on a syndication, if there’s a, if there’s a de minimis rule where you don’t have to provide that information, but it’s gonna be an annual reporting requirement. Government wants to know what you’re doing, because they think that you’re committing tax fraud or your money laundering is really what they’re concerned about.

Yeah. I know people don’t like to give that stuff up, especially when they’re purposely using entities to invest through like you mentioned earlier. But, from a standpoint of Iris doesn’t have enough agents and to collect revenue from people who are doing bad things like, on purpose, I think that night may be a good idea for them so they can go catch those guys because that’s what people were doing, right?

They were, creating all these LLCs and creating all these deductions or hiding all the gains. And it’s impossible to track unless you can tie it to one E or one social security number. And we’re not doing fraud here. They should go catch those guys. That’s not gonna change anything.

Tell me a law that stopped some type of crime from occurring, right? Yeah. It’s gonna happen. You wanna commit fraud? You’re gonna do it. so side note here years ago, this makes it harder for all of us. It does. The IRS came in to audit our company because they wanted transparency cuz we set up entities in Wyoming.

Or at that time we did a lot in Nevada and they said, we want a list of all your clients, which they can force you to provide. They do it all the time to companies. And we said why do you need this list? We said, we wanna know who’s behind all these companies. He said, you already know that.

He said, no, we don’t. We said, every time we set up a company, we obtain an EIN and we provide you the member, the owner of that company and their social security number. Who’s behind every single company that’s set up. That’s how we acquire the EIN. We don’t acquire ’em under our own names and this is what they told us.

You may do that, but we have no way in our system of matching that information up. I said, are you kidding me? That’s a basic computer system. You can’t run that. I said, now our system can’t handle that. And so that’s why we need to ask you for the information . So it just shows you how antiquated they are and the way they approach things.

And so even if they collect this information, it’s not gonna do ’em any good. It’s basically whether we didn’t keep our records straight or we didn’t, it’s too much money to revamp for a computer. Let’s just bother everybody again. That’s exactly right. Thanks for coming on Clint. Again, folks, we’ll put this in the tax section at the webpage at simplepassivecashflow.com/tax.

We’ve hit Clint on there and passed the webinar. So those are all up and there too. But remember, a lot of this stuff is personal. This is just a podcast made for entertainment, but hopefully we’ve created some questions in your guys head to ask more probing questions and again, join the investment club simplepassivecashflow.com/club. We’ll get on the phone there or get on a zoom call and we’ll see you guys next time. Thanks Lane.

September 2022 Monthly Market Update

What’s up folks. This is the September, 2022 monthly market update where I go through a bunch of news headlines that I feel really impacts how investors should be thinking. Welcome everybody. This is the monthly market update. Here we go. Now I’ve gotta warn you guys that this is going to be a pretty beefy presentation today.

I went a little bit crazy with the amount of articles. I think a lot of people have been really attuned to what’s been going on with all this talk about recession, Ukraine and supply chain in China. But I would say if you don’t know what to do with your money and it’s sitting in some kind of 401k with some financial planner or Vanguard or fidelity or some kind of retail investment option, I would say pick up my book.

The journey, the simple passive cash flow. I think we’re up to almost a hundred reviews now. But here we go. And if not, if you guys like podcasts, check out our podcast, simple passive cash flow, passive real estate investing. We also put this up on the podcast too. And for those of you guys who are listening on the podcast right now we also have all the slides that we’re gonna be going over today on simple passive cash flow.com/investor letter, where if those of you guys joining us live, thank you for doing so.

If you have any questions or comments, as it comes up, feel free to drop into a comment below. It somehow magically fed me. And I do give you guys a shout out as we do this live, but here we go. Indicators for a recession. There’s some flowing data. This is a pretty cool article or it’s actually not really an article, it’s just pictures, but they graph eight different types of supposedly indicators for recession.

And in case you’re wondering the 2020 recession, which it technically was since the country was shut down that was a recession, but they’re showing like what’s been going on this last six months before and downturn six months after, and you can take a look at some of these, percent change in non-farm employees, employment level.

Unemployment is at an all time low right now. Industrial production is very high. GDP increases higher personal consumption, GDP product, personal income except manufacturing. But the other three, I mentioned they are. Comparing pretty well, that really begs the question or really in a recession.

Are we just gleaning what the headlines are saying? As I said earlier, unemployment is at about 3.5%, which is very low. And to some people who believe in healthy economics, they believe that unemployment should go up and down a little bit within the ranges of five to 10%. Maybe not 10%, but maybe five to 8%.

But certainly right now at 3.5%, we are very low and this is pretty evident in, people are getting paid, are able to go around and negotiate higher salaries. And this is humbled with the inflation data, which is inflation really higher than what it really is.

Right now it’s put out there at 9.1%, but when it’s been said that they remove the energy costs and some of the food costs and some of these other things, is inflation really higher than it really is, which I would probably argue that it is, it’s probably more like 10 to 15%.

And why does that really matter? If you have your money sitting in some kind of investment account or worse in cash holding onto the sidelines, I would say that’s the worst option you could be doing? GDP growth from b.gov, real GDP decreased at an annual rate of 0.6% in the second quarter of 2022.

Following a 1.6% increase in the first quarter, the second quarter decrease was revised up 0.3% point from the advance estimate released in July, the smaller decrease in the second quarter, compared to the first quarter primary reflected an upper turn in exports and a smaller decrease in federal spending. So Novo grad, a website that I follow for different tax information.

They’ll release semi commentary on, like solar and, taxes in general, but they had an article on there talking about Biden science, inflation reduction act into the law, including renewable energy provisions. It was a 750 billion budget. And a lot of people, especially Republicans were laughing saying like what the heck type of inflation reduction act.

That actually is spending money, it’s counterintuitive, it was a cut down bill from almost like two or three times what it was. So $750 billion of government spending is a fraction of what it was. So from that point of view, it actually is a little bit of inflation helps a little bit, or it helps inflation a little bit.

But the things that were stuffed into this bill were renewal energy production tax credits, and investment tax credit. But who knows how that will work its way through the system, but the government continues to spend more.

But then, I always talk about the fundamentals, there’s all this stuff coming around and news headlines, but what are the fundamentals? And that’s really what I think what attracts a lot of folks to our community is, value investing, whether that’s investing in companies where they produce some kind of economy that people need in good times or bad times, or this is one of the main reasons we invest in residential real estate.

Multi-housing news reports that 4.3 million new apartments are needed by the year 2035. And this new demand research shows that despite economic uncertainty and growth during the pandemic in single family sales and new products such as built to rent, the fundamentals for multi-family remain strong underbuilding largely resulting from the 2008 financial crisis and decline of 4.7 million dollar affordable units. So basically, it’s the lower middle class that are the underserved more immigration. And those immigrants who are on the lower end of the economic spectrum who live in apartments are the ones driving up this demand.

And some 40% of the future demand for apartments will come just from these three states. You guessed it, Texas, Florida, and California, which alone will require 1.5 million units in the next 13 years. Things are happening now. Things can get really good. Things might take a turn for the worst. We don’t know, but in the long term, people need a place to live. Now, the visual capitalists report that these are the salaries needed to buy a home in 50 US cities. And The top 10 are San Jose, San Francisco, San Diego, Los Angeles, Seattle, Boston, New York city, Denver, Austin, Washington, DC.

So these are all the places where the median home prices range from half a million to $1.8 million. And in San Jose, you need a salary of $330,000 to be able to afford an immediate home there all the way down to Washington DC at 110,000. So pretty ridiculous.

As I get more involved in hotel investments, large brands like Hiltons, the Marriots make a lot of money. They make the most money off their timeshares because it’s just a branding in play. So when somebody is making a lot of money off one product line, you as the consumer, in this case, people buying timeshares, those are the worst products to buy. So don’t do that.

If you guys like this video and you wanna make up for that person, please like it or share it with your friends. But continuing on, so flip flop it, the salary needs to buy a home in the bottom 50 US states. Those would be. Pittsburgh, Oklahoma city, Cleveland, Louisville, St. Louis, Detroit, Buffalo, Cincinnati, Memphis, Indianapolis, those salaries range from 42,000 to 53,000.

And those median home prices range from 185,000 to 271,000. Now I think this is where like most of our clients who live in high price areas like California, Hawaii, tech, we have a lot of investors in Texas, but their home prices are pretty low. But some of these other places have a lot of sticker shock.

When you start to see some of these, where one place we invest in like Cleveland, 190, $2,000 for a median home price. Actually we don’t, we invest in too many at these places, but I used to want a home in Indianapolis. 271,000. That this is how a lot of America, in fact, probably the majority of the people in America not invest, but live in these types of homes.

I’ve always said, when you’re buying your little rental property as most non credit investors do, a lot of us are accredited investors these days. When you’re trying to buy that first rental, you’re looking for anywhere from like 80% of the median home price.

So what does that mean? So if you’re looking at $192,000 median home prices in Cleveland, maybe starting around $160,000 is a bad place to stay, to start looking. But I think, a lot of unsophisticated investors when they start off and I was there at one time, you’re starting off to what one of these.

Areas like, your Indianapolis is good and the median home price is $271,000 are there. And I see a lot of people buying houses that are 300,000 and above, and now you’re starting to get more into the B plus a minus type of tenant profile there. And you’re just not gonna get the returns you are.

Although there is a, probably a lot less headache investing that way. So CBR braces for impact of interest rates hike. So there’s no secret that the interest rates pushed up again and it probably will push up maybe another two or three more times. So what this is doing, it’s creating an aftershock into the capital markets, which is, basically the capital Marx is the term.

Where people get their loans from the banks. The Fed increased rates in March with a 25 basis point hike and a 50 basis point hike in may. And the three quarter 0.75 for you, people who understand numbers more than English terms that got raised in July. Now the largest since 1994. And it’ll probably get pushed up a couple more times.

Like I said, now, the goal, the Fed, what they’re doing is they’re raising the Fed’s fund rates to fight inflation. So it’s one of those things where you increase the interest rate to Dow inflation, because what probably happens is that the cost of capital you can’t expand. Businesses can’t buy more factories or infrastructure or, on our end, like our cost of borrowing money to buy assets such as apartments, our ability to go down.

So our ability to pay more goes down. Sure. This also affects the Joe blow random small homeowner, right? Their affordability obviously goes down too, the world doesn’t revolve around the little homeowner, it, the way I see it, if you look at what the businesses are doing. And in this case, the business will not be expanding.

Now at some point, they’re probably gonna change their forecasts. Whether that’s next quarter or next year or years down the line, they may say maybe we shouldn’t make as many widgets or units, whatever their business may be. And also let’s also, now let’s start to maybe not hire as much, not replace attrition or maybe even cut back on hiring.

And that is what the Fed is trying to do. They’re trying to create that behavior to push that or unemployment to creep up right now, like we said, it was 3.5%. It probably needs to be almost double that for, to get to a point where we can get back to a little bit more equilibrium. I follow a guy, Richard Duncan, if you guys are interested in this stuff and really wanna understand it as opposed to just get, screwed around left and right with all these news headlines.

I would go to simplepassivecashflow.com/duncan, and read a, watch a couple of those podcasts there, how everything’s connected now, the problem is like this stuff, isn’t exactly in a vacuum and with the war Ukraine and the China, still a kind of in lockdown, basically pushing up our cheap labor sources.

Now that’s also gumming up how this is all working. And also it’s not like you, you push up the 0.75 points on the rate and the inflation pops up. It’s just not that there’s gonna be slack in the system. And the one good thing going into, the past year, there was a lot of money liquidity in the system.

So it’s gonna take a while for that to drink, which results in a longer slack period. Now obviously the fit is watching this and they’ve probably got the best insiders in the game, or they should make sure that they don’t tip the scales and push us into a hard landing recession. But, I think this is all very natural and it’s one personally, I don’t really wanna see rents go up 10, 20, 30% or 10 or 20%, like how we’ve been seeing it. I think that’s the most sustainable. What I would rather see is just the normal, two to 3% rent increases, which is just normal average, basic inflation.

Because when you’re a business owner, you just wanna do business in normal times as opposed to things going up and down. And that’s what the Fed proposes in my opinion. And I gotta, I have faith that’s what their angle is just to keep the highs, not as high, but the lows not as low and compensate things out to make things a little bit less bipolar.

Pretty much give it a L give the economy a little bit of I don’t know, a drug that is, little more chilled out I guess. Multi-housing news reports, senior housing’s next wave of investment opportunity, like how we were saying, there’s a huge demand and supply shortage for low income housing in apartments. But there’s also a bunch of baby boomers going to be retiring right now, but it’s gonna be a while till they need that senior housing facility.

And nobody knows exactly when that will hit. We’re not there yet, but there’s an obvious need for this in the future. a 45% uptick in construction loans for the first to third quarters of 2021 on the investment sign transactions quickly started to rebound in 2021 and Tate, a 55 year over year increase. Now, I think there’s obviously a silver wave, what they call it, that the baby boomers need these facilities. But I personally really haven’t found reliable operators who could capitalize on this wave. So basically good surf conditions, but coming, but nobody can surf too well, basically.

And, as an investor, unless you’re the one who’s gonna get your hands dirty, take out all the debt and the risk and be the young person who makes the on the general partner side, you’re looking for people who are standout operators that are honest, that do what they say they’re gonna do to help you capitalize on these macroeconomic and microeconomic events.

So Fred Mac expects, the pace of growth is slow in the second half of this year. I think that’s what everybody has known. And I, what I wanted to compare here really is look in 2021, look at that kind of just slack back year from 20. It’s just worked, do it.

And I, and a lot of the industry reports that I read. And if you guys are interested in that send an email to team@simplepassivecashflow.com. We can send you everything that we read or what I read, but, I guess what they’re saying is 2022 will continue to be, as slower growth year 20, 23 is a slower growth year, but 20, 24 is when things are off to the races.

So I think a lot of people may make the mistake of it. All right. I’ll just chill out and do nothing for 2024 and just sit on my butt and have my money lose 9.1% every year with inflation. I guess that is a semi logical idea, but unfortunately I think the way it works is like, once things get moving, you can’t get into these assets for the prices that right now they’re fetching for right now, As the same goes the best time that buy was yesterday and in support to buy under fundamentals, despite what is going on in headlines.

Now, this is a top and bottom 10 metros by gross income growth. The top ones were Jacksonville, Albuquerque, Tampa, West Palm Beach, Orlando, Phoenix, Tucson, Memphis Raleigh, and Fort Lauder. Their annualized growth in income was 12.7% to about 10%. Vacancy rates range from 2.7% up to four, up to five and a half. That’s a normal vacancy rate. I would say some of the bottom metros were Memphis. I don’t wanna talk about Memphis Minneapolis. Washington DC. Lexton Knoxville, Kansas city St. Louis, New Orleans, Columbus, Buffalo, San Jose. Those annualized growth range from 3.1% to 4.8% and their vacancy ranges from 2.7% in Buffalo, all the way up to 8.9% in Washington DC.

The one outlier I see on this list is I thought Knoxville was a little bit better than that, but, maybe that was like Knoxville’s kind of Boise, Idaho, where it had a huge 2001. Maybe it just got a little too overheated and slack back. Not to say it’s bad, anything bad with that market.

But sometimes when you have a breakout year like that, you’re bound to come backwards and it gets lost in these types of arbitrary ranking articles. Joint center for housing studies of the smart people at Harvard university, who makes these really insightful articles. They’re talking about rental deserts perpetuate social economic and racial segregation. Rental deserts are disproportionately located in the suburbs where there are restrictive land use regulations and not in my backyard. I N Y politics can be common. So to highlight that a few of these rental opportunities for households in these neighborhoods, less than 20% of housing units are either occupied by a renter or are vacant for rent. In contrast, I rental errors are at least 80% rentals where a mixture of neighborhoods fall in between the two.

The lack of multi family homes in these neighborhoods is like a significant factor in limiting opportunities for rental households and for lower income renters in particular, single family homes are much more common in rental deserts, which is Unsurprisingly given that single family homes have higher ownership rates than in units in multifamily buildings, kind of obvious stuff.

But it’s kinda interesting. Maybe, if you guys check out the video on this, check out some of these slides at Harvard university put together but moving on Arbor reports at small multifamily investment trends report of 2022 Q2, the they’ve got like a little chart of the action, the volume year over.

The record total represented both a wave of pent up investment in bands that sat on the sign lines during this pandemic. I’m searching for 2020 in anticipation of the monetary Titan. The 2020 ones, the original nation’s total, represented an increase of 5 35 0.6 billion, up 63% from the prior year.

Yeah, I would say, yeah, 2020. We lost half of the year because nobody was really doing business, ourselves included. But as the second half of 2020 went on and 2022 was a big year acquisition wise for ourselves. Key factor that led to an unprecedented search in ordination value volume last year was a wave of refinancing activity ahead of the federal reserve initiating its interest rate hikes. But I think a lot of the mainstream medias, it’s whoa is me, the interest rates, have gone up the last several months to a lot higher levels, everybody in the know, knew it was happening, in 2021 or at least this time of 2021, it really isn’t that surprise to any of us.

Now, how long is it gonna go? That’s the other question? But yeah, refinances and loan originations really took a tail off Q1 of this year.

but, I think the important thing for people who own real estate is rents continue to go up. And in this case, small multi-family asset valuations continue to grow at a robust rate. Best time the buy was yesterday, especially if you cash flow through it cap rates and spreads. Now this is comparing all multifamily with smaller multifamily.

I don’t know exactly what they mean by smaller multifamily. I gotta believe it’s like your 20 units that a hundred units. And then all multifamily is skewing in like larger complexes. Two to 400 units would be the way I would be reading the differential. Usually the smaller multi-families have a little bit of higher cap rate because they’re in less desirable areas which have higher caps and they’re just not as an institutional, they’re a little bit more effort required for those small multi families, but you can see there’s always gonna be a spread between the two, but what’s interesting here is in the year 2020.

Well actually tell end in 19 early 2020, there was like a little pinch where the way I read that is people started to really buy a little more of the smaller multi families. And then there was a little bit of pinch mid 20, 20, but then I think we’re getting back to the normal Delta between N two, how that impacts your regular past investor, who knows, but I don’t know.

I guess I’m interested in this stuff and looking for stuff to do with just sitting on our hands a little bit, waiting for the interest rates or the capital markets. To get on frozen. We actually were gonna sell some of these assets, which the bread was ready to take out the oven, but, unfortunately the buyer market dried up because nobody can really qualify for good lending options.

So it just froze everything and, just, it is what it is. I guess it’s good for people who are in deals and probably frustrating for people who are waiting on the sideline to deploy capital, especially now that they know they’re getting 9.1% of their money every year expense ratios basically like what are you running the assets at?

Normally normal rule of thumb that they always teach you is like 50% expense ratio with apartments. You can run that little bit leaner because it’s more economies a scale, this is showing how assets were performing. 2020 was a lower year than 2021, obviously, because I think like what we did a lot in 2020 is we didn’t have the staff running around.

It was just per appointment. If something broke we wouldn’t get in there and fix it. If it, unless it was absolutely needed because you just wanted to limitate the contact between your staff and your tenants. And it shows how drastically things have changed in two years. Whereas 2021 people are like, all right, fix my stuff.

I don’t care. Wear your mask. I don’t care if you wear your mask, get in there, fix my stuff. So things are went back to normal in 2021. And then, back to where we are in 2022 2020, I see it as a year was everybody was hibernating, like big fat sleeping bears.

And, that’s why the expense ratios were maybe 20% lower what it was in 2021, but all this is in hindsight. And it’s kind, as I looked through this, these big macro industry data, I can give you guys a little bit more insight on what actually drove things.

This is the discussion on loan to value ratios. So in 2020 2019, you had a high amount of debt given out, and this is typical, right? Like things get hot, which happened in, in a 2019. And then there was a, that natural thing called that pandemic happened and it cooled off the market.

And right now we’re in a bad part for capital lending too, where, it’s normally the banks will like to lend at a certain level, but they’ll give exceptions or this is how the commercial markets work. Thinking back on the whole single family home, you, I think what they’ll do is they’ll slowly, people will apply for loans and there may be some exceptions that change.

Something that I can think of is a member several years back, they required like a certain amount of cash reserves, like three months, six months. And at some point they, they loosened up restrictions and, these are the things that kind of play out over the years. For a lot of new investors, this is nowhere near where things were in 2008 where you just needed a heartbeat to get a loan.

Those ninja loans. And I think that’s a big, fundamental difference that it’s just not the same thing in 2008, as it is now. It’s actually hard for like responsible Americans who have a good job. So you even qualify for debt on even little rental properties top 10 metros for multifamily starts.

So this is where they’re building more stuff and you can look at it one or two ways first. So while there’s more supply coming online or which is, could be bad, if you’re there cuz more competition, but it can also be like why are they building more? Why are these smart institutions building more stuff there?

Because the freaking demand is there. So that can be good for you. But that’s Al there’s always kind of two sides. Multiple ways to look at data. Reading up from the top to the bottom New York city, Dallas, Washington, DC, Miami, Austin, Texas, Phoenix, Atlanta, Seattle, Los Angeles, Philadelphia, and you can see the percent changes and the overall total value from number one was New York city area up 20%, total value, 15.3 billion.

And number two, Dallas was 8.1 billion. So half that in New York city it just shows how expensive that real estate is up there. But Dallas went up 72% where New York only went up 20%. Phoenix is another one that people follow a lot of 53% and then total value 4.2 billion. So half that of Dallas and less than a third of New York.

Multi-housing news top 50 multi-family property management firms at 2022. So I just wanted to put this up here because we’ve jumped property management companies and, we started with a midsize small to midsize regional company. And lately we’ve jumped up to that next level of bigger property management companies, the match, better partner not equity partner, but partnership, like they need units and they wanna work with more of an institutional ownership group.

And so we wanna work with a company that is bigger, has more assets under management. One of ’em that we work with is Lincoln down there in Texas, which is number two, they’ve got 210,000 units, little property management companies, mom and paw in the residential world. I think they’re usually between a hundred or few hundred properties, but we’re talking 210,000 units is what Lincoln holds. From what I’ve seen, I’m impressed by a lot of their back office support. And, I think for a lot of us that work for big companies you can see the waste, especially if you work for the government.

There are a lot of things that I’ve seen that a larger property management company they’ll offer the back support. It’s not the they’ll do things and they’ll negotiate better contracts for like materials, or if you’ve gotta like procure, lawn share equipment, they just already have it in their own in-house CA catalog.

Where they’ll support the in the onsite management staff, cuz normally the manage, you would think the management staff is the one buying all this stuff and procuring and searching for the best prices from vendors. The nice thing when you have a larger company is the home office, does it.

And then the people who are boots on the ground at the property can focus on what they’re really there for, which is to help out tenants, customers, support and market.

All right, ya already matrix multi-family market outlook for July, 2022 rent growth, moderates as economy and demand soften remains lofty by historical standards. And I think that’s that kind of summarizes things. Things are slowing down a little bit, but they’re still growing folks. As they say remains lofty by historical a historical standards.

The average us asking rent rose 10, $10 to 1717 in July making the fifth consecutive month of deceleration and the loss increase since January year over year of growth. It’s so growth. Nevertheless Florida markets remain in the lead in rent gains, Orlando, Miami Tampa, San Francisco, Baltimore twin cities posted the lowest rent increases.

The overall trend is attributed to an return to the mean combined with the slowing economy. In addition to the slowing economy, consumer confidence in waning as the federal reserve has kept rising policy rates attempting to slow inflation. Now, again, that’s what I was saying earlier in this this video, but I always like to read it in multiple places.

And I’m sure you guys too, from, other, disruptable sources. Their next takeaways, occupancy remains at 96% for the third consecutive quarter. Now occupancy is, indicators, supply versus demand, and it is the second big thing you look at when you’re looking at the health and wellbeing of your asset.

San Jose, 1.7%, New York, Chicago, and San Francisco, all 1%. Those are your strongest occupancies.

Next, finding supply demand, imbalance sustains growth in the US currently has a shortage of 600,000 units. Another 3.7 million units are needed through 2035 to meet demand. I don’t know if that’s exactly what they said in the article we started out with in the beginning of the video, but still the same narrative, right?

That’s the important thing. The study took into consideration social factors, impacting demands, such as delayed marriage and childbearing, as well as the increased age of first time home buyers. And then the last finding here, single family rentals make the best of interest rate hikes. The asking rent for single family sector growth, 11.2% year over year 21 posted rent growth at 10% with Orlando national Miami in the occupancy degrees by 30 basis.

Point year over year in June, as the rate fell in 24 of the top 35 metros. The one thing I don’t like about when they report on this single family rental. I always question the validity of the data, because it’s so hard to get the data from like little mom and Paul homeowners, which is, who owns most of the little single family home rentals.

And it’s so much more spread in, in the, like in like rents went up. We all know that went up maybe 10% the last couple years across. If you pick any random Metro out there, but depending how sophisticated or how much C you had as a landlord, really determined if you really bump, rents up, Some people were just right on the ball and was able to get a hundred dollars, $150 under a thousand dollars a month.

Some landlords, a lot of these guys who, you know, they’re in, like our Facebook group and they’re just amateur landlords. They’re frozen, solid, they’re freaked out. And they’re like, they’re the ones calling their tenants asking, Hey, can we like pardon you on rent? Like completely doing the opposite, what they should be doing, which is raising rents.

But, I think that’s why single family home rentals are just all over the place due to the amateur status of the operators in that world. So whenever I see data like this, I’m always like questioning a lot. Wealth management.com reports at garden apartments remain favorite among multifamily buyers and garden apartments are, so there’s Highrise apartments, which I think mostly will think of, apartments, big skyscrapers or bigger, more than four or five stories. Those are typically your nicer buildings. But the garden apartments, a lot of these are more geared towards lower middle class families. And that’s what we like to focus in on. They’re typically more in a sub urban type of market and they’re a little bit more reasonable and, it’s, they’re great for pandemic, minded people who, it’s a little more spread out, you’re not on top of, all your tenants sharing, all the limited resources for like common areas and stuff like that.

Arbor reports, rental housing markets, exhibit cyclical, stability complaint contain structural questions. Yeah. So this is showing the implied possibilities of effective federal fund range. Target range by date Arbor is like a lender. So a lot of their articles are more geared towards more sophisticated operators, but I always put these on here. The passive investors we have are pretty smart.

At least you could, it challenges you guys intellectually. I think it least, maybe it challenges myself. So one, one thing that’s happening is declining spending power is having a tangible effect on the ability of consumers to afford data expenses. This is evident by taking fuel. Gasoline costs have gone up for your middle class, lower middle class people out there. Now that is a lot more impactful than the kind of wealthy people who probably don’t really care.

They may complain about it, but it sure isn’t changing people’s behavior. Very much. This is a graph of the relationship between rental vacancy, which is the dark green and the home ownership rate, which is the light green. And you can kinda see home ownership peak in 2020, not 20 2002 to 2006, which is part of the reason why that whole 2008 fiasco cause too many damn people who couldn’t afford houses were buying houses because I don’t, I think that was kind of George Bush’s thing was that they felt like everybody.

Owned their own house. So the home ownership rate went up to 70, 69%. Then in 2014, it fell to, in recent years, the low of 63 2020 was a time where interested were really low and people were able to save some money. So it jumped up to 68% temporarily, but it came back down to baseline, which is tied under 66%, which is about midrange right here, actually.

It’s funny, that spike in 2020, that’s probably, summer of 2020, that was when, a lot of our B plus a minus type of assets. A lot of those tenants who are, a little bit better off tenants, they, they used the opportunity to go buy a house and they moved out.

So we had some temporary vacancy hits during the summer of 2020 when this was actually happening. There I go with my little stories from the apartment world to bring some of this dry charts to life. So here’s another thing RA business online. Their prediction is institutions will own 40% of all single family rentals by the year 2030. I remember it happening in 2008 or 2010. And then what they figured out was it’s really hard for them to operate these single family homes, scattered all around the neighborhood, which is one of the main reasons I focus on apartments, cuz all your stuff is right there and your staff can really focus on a small geographic area.

That’s spending burning up most of their hours, traveling from one place to another. And looking for lost parts without all their stuff being there. But again, recently seeing a lot of institutions coming in, buying big chunks of single family homes and get into these built to rent projects. And it’s the, it’s pro yeah, probably are right.

I probably will agree that more institutions are gonna be gobbling up a bigger percentage of the single family home rental stock. Mom and pot owners still make up most of the single family rentals, but institutions are increasing market share with a heavy concentrate in the Sunbelt. So I don’t think it’s too late if you’re still buying rental properties, just know that the trend is coming.

Sad because maybe in a 50 years, a hundred year in the future, maybe, the doors are always closing and real estate is a nice way for the last, for the average person to become semi wealthy. Get above a few million dollars doing it. This opportunity called you know, being a landlord or a passive investor might be closing up as institutions are able to get more hands on using technology to operate these, semi cumbersome assets, but now use their institutional financing power to, just buy more and more of these things, pushing the small guy out.

We have a bunch of people on our investor group that, geek out on little mainframe computers, these days Amazon is just killing everybody, doing that stuff. You can’t really make it on as your little small mainframe operator.

Across the nation rising rent prices, increase interest rates, limit access to home ownership. I think that’s probably what you’re seeing. Some of the prices stagnant across the country, or maybe decrease a little bit. Certainly I don’t believe in any type of like housing crisis. Goodness gracious. But I guess that does do sell a lot of YouTube views.

Yahoo reports. Blackstone is preparing a record 50 billion vehicle to soup up real estate bargains during the downturn. Here’s how to lock it up in higher yields than the big money. So yeah, like we said, on the last slide, the big institutions are trying to get more and more into the game and this is the them taking up market share from the small mom and Paul, I.

But, I think take a page from these big smart companies like Blackstone. They’re not just sitting on the sideline, they’re in there actively buying stuff. And now they’re doing it a L and N reports and updated run down rent growth, rent growth kind of went up quite a bit. But it’s slowing a little bit stilling. The main factor impacting rank world since the start of last year has been a supply demand imbalance.

It is showing the the monthly Nett absorption and average rent change nationwide still, like big data nationwide, but it does tell the story a little bit. Of course, you always gotta dig into individual markets and more importantly, submarket. I think this is, these are the general trends.

Again, I’d suggest you guys check out the video on the slide, but don’t lose fact of in the last 17 months from March, 2021 to July, 2022 national average effective rent rose by 22%. Normally again, folks it’s supposed to go up like two to 3% every year. So I would say that’s almost like three or four times the average.

Re business online reports to Intel Brookfield to jointly invest 30 billion for the expenses of semiconductor manufacturing plants in Chandler, Arizona. These are the things as an investor you wanna invest in good stories like this, a new supply of good jobs in this case, semiconductors, which is a big deal.

I would check out some of the articles and YouTube videos on semiconductors and Arizona, but it’s exciting. And as an Intel is making a run to reclaim the semiconductor crown from TSMC and get us our independence from Taiwan and China. I. After you asked the question, wonder if the con continuation of interest rate rising will push out ineffective, inexperienced syndicators and operators.

So to answer that question, in my opinion, interest rates don’t really matter, right? Because if you’re already in deals, you’re you’re good, right? You don’t really have to worry about things cuz it’s not like your rate’s gonna really jump up. And if you’re doing any type of value, add strategy, surely in two years or three years, when your note comes due, you’ve created a whole bunch of value.

So it’s really an afterthought. What the interest rates are doing are impacting new in inexperience operators who don’t have much capital behind them because now they have to cough up more funds to close a deal. But I think what’s testing a lot of people, which really didn’t really talk about today in any of these news headlines, is that right now a lot of people are facing the backlash of a lot of the the rent moratoriums on folks.

Where previously in 2020 they froze all the evictions, right? Couldn’t evict people. Basic basically. There were still ways to evict people, but 20, 21, I believe, I might be butchering the timeline, but that was when they said, all right, you guys can, there’s no more moratoriums.

Somehow the CDC got involved with that. People can get evicted now, but it wasn’t, there’s always a slack in this stuff. How is the courts gonna interpret this? And so we really didn’t start to see it come out for six months to a year after. So talking 20, 22, maybe late 20, 20, 21, when you actually started to see these evictions go through the system, and now you’re starting to deal with the.

The bad debt where people just don’t pay and now you can enforce it. But in that meantime, you’ve got a couple months where you have a non-pay unit, then you have another two to two weeks, maybe even a month or more of rehabbing the unit, getting it back online and maybe another week or two to get it released up in the, and get somebody paying in there.

And of course, you’ve got another couple weeks or month of concessions you’ve made, varying levels of concessions, such as a hundred dollars off the first month or half months off the first month, the rest you have to count for. So that’s really what I think a lot of people ourselves included are challenged through now.

And it’s something that the, I think something like that will never get published in a regular type of publication, because it’s just complicated to, to keep track of. It’s it’s more complicated than your Monte Netflix special. For those people who are interested in a interesting story and wondering what was his girlfriend real?

I would suggest watching that video or it’s two hours long, but, getting back to the whole eviction moratorium thing, it is a little bit confusing. And, a lot of people just don’t understand how long it takes its way to actually to, for the problems that bring it’s ugly face and it’s right now.

I think a lot of that should be worked out maybe in the, in, throughout this year early into next. But I think that’s where a lot of the struggles with the industry which you get over, right? If you have enough capital reserves to get through it and your occupancy doesn’t drop too much should be no problem to get through.

Thanks Matt, for that. Wallet hub reports, 2022 is best real estate markets. So one through Tenco, Texas Allen, Texas McKinney, Texas, Austin, Texas Nashville, Tennessee, Carrie, North Carolina, Gilbert, Arizona, Denton, Texas Peria Arizona Richardson, Texas. I’m surprised Gilbert made it on the list. Cause Gilbert, I always said that Gilbert’s kind of on that that east side of Phoenix and it’s funny.

We fought like assets from like the north west corner all the way down to the north or south east corner. And it’s like a slash from upper left hand Northwest to the bottom. And we never picked up any assets. Gilbert. Yeah, but maybe the time might be coming up apparently, but this is just wallet hubs, another whimsical, top 10 less best places to buy a house.

Another one is this is their markets of seriously underwater mortgages. So they’re lowest ones are San Mateo, California daily city, California, Santa Clara, California, San Jose, California, Sunnyville, California, and their highest one. I guess these are the places where people are herding in terms of their mortgages per Illinois, S Shreveport, Los Louisiana, Columbus, Georgia, Bannon Rouge, and St.

Louis, Missouri median days on the market. So the lowest one, and that this is an indicator of how hot the market is. Once Mr. Colorado, Arva Colorado Renton, Washington, Gilbert, Arizona, Everett, Washington. So you have properties in those markets. It’ll go and it’s priced, right? It’ll probably go in like a day or a week.

The worst places where your property’s gonna sit there on the market is Patterson, New Jersey, New York, New Jersey, Miami beach, Florida, Yonkers, New York. So people just aren’t really buying properties out there or is not as much the best city to the worst city differences of differential, five X from Westminster, Colorado to New York.

But how occupancy percent is an indicator for kind of demand and filling vacancies for apartments or rentals. In the real estate transaction world, the retail world, where you’re buying and selling this days on market is the same barometer record setting rent growth in markets in the south and the west eight of the 10 markets with the highest rent growth.

In New York rents rose 20% year of year in the first quarter of 2022, a dramatic turnaround from the first quarter 2021, when rents fell 15% year of year. And in San Francisco, Boston, Los Angeles, Washington, Seattle, where rents fell at least 5% year over year in early 2021 rents were up 10% or more in 2022, which to me is a sign that things are bouncing back it wasn’t.

And this is like where the UTV is, are saying everybody’s moving outta California. Oh my God. Which they generally are, but you, I think it was definitely played up a little bit more and here’s a great chart. By Harvard university of the domestic migration. So the red states are the ones where people are moving out of the only three are New York, Illinois, and California, and the dark blue, the darker blue ones are the ones that people are moving into, which lot in the Southwest, Texas and Arizona.

This is more where international migration is coming in. And, I’m just not gonna really, I don’t know if I should really report on it because there, the numbers that are domestic migration versus international migration is I’m flip flopping between these two slides. It’s 10 X, the amount of domestic migration.

So as I read these states where there’s a. Net international migration, which they’re coming into. I think that’s New York. I think that’s New Jersey. I think that’s Massachusetts. And I think that’s New Jersey Virginia, or probably DC is what they’re talking about there. And then California are the places where you have a lot of international migration.

And then of course, Texas and Florida and New York are the big ones. But one thing that’s interesting that he says many more rural country counties gain migrants in 2021 compared to 2019. So normally you would say the gateway cities like your San Franciscos new Yorks would get a lot of the the bigger. International migrants, but it appears that the trend is moving more towards rural areas.

If you guys are interested in joining our group, first step is always signing up for our club at simple passive cash flow.com/club. We are primarily an accredited investor group these days. So if you guys would like to meet up in person, meet some of the investors, you have to get vetted first, again, going to simple passive casual.com/club.

And from there you can possibly apply to joining our inner circle mastermind at simple passive cash flow.com/journey. But I would say always educate yourself first, check out my book. The free audio version is on simple passive cash flow.com/book. Or I read it out aloud to you guys. And thanks for joining us and we will see you guys next time. Bye.

Coaching Call: High Income + 500k Net Worth

What’s up folks. Now, you guys are in for another treat here. It’s another one of those coaching calls, in which you guys get to spy on somebody and secretly critique them on your way to work. Or maybe you pull this up on your iPad as you’re driving and looking at their personal financial sheet. You can do that on YouTube.

We’ve also put this on YouTube, so you can see the spreadsheet and the numbers, how much they’re making this particular person. We’re talking about a net worth of half a million. They make a pretty good salary, $20,000 of income. And all the other specifics you can see on the YouTube channel.

If you guys like. And you guys don’t want to join our exclusive family office ohana mastermind group, which I don’t know why you wouldn’t. If you’re investing more than a quarter million, half a million dollars. I think it’s a no brainer. I think it’s freaking insurance for going out there and walking off the beaten path of getting out of traditional investments into alternative investments with.

Okay some of you guys invest with random strangers out there crazy that just have a good website. But if you guys like these types of coaching calls you guys can volunteer, send us an email at team@simplepassivecashflow.com. We’ll get you guys set up with them. We can change your name.

We can even create a. But a face on you, apparently zoom can put faces on people and hide your identity pretty well. We also put all these coaching calls in the members portal, which you guys can get access to by signing up at simplepassivecasual.com/club. If you sign up there, you get access to the member’s portal and we have a page where we arrange home.

It must be like over a few dozen of these coaching calls, all nicely arranged by net worth. You can go by your net worth and find. Start listening to this stuff and see your financial life unfold, because as I’ve learned, people think they’re special snowflakes, but in terms of money, it’s the two big ones, what’s your net worth and where’s your monthly income coming in and what’s your net, everybody’s on the same path and journey to financial freedom and it’s nothing special getting there. To me, I’ve figured out the quickest and the safest way to get there. It’s a way of smartly using it that some people are a little spooked out about using. Check out my article at Forbes, I wrote about debt, I think simplepassivecashflow.com/forbes.

I have all my articles in there too. Enjoy the show folks. Check out all these other coaching calls at simplepassivecashflow.com/club, and then you’ll get access to that. Reach out if you guys want to do one of these on your own.

Hey, simple passive cashflow listeners. Today, we are going to do a free coaching call for our buddy Nate here, who is also a pipeline club member. And probably in the next 30 minutes, we’re going to go through his personal financial sheet and get them on a good action plan. And maybe this might be a good model for you to follow.

Maybe it won’t, but hopefully it helps one person along the way. So thanks for jumping on Nate. No problem. Give us a little overview . So I’m a dev ops engineer, which is essentially a system engineer and I work on website Make, with my bonus and make 150,000, my wife has a good job as well. So two of us make pretty decent money for the bay area, and then we have, we had two houses in California. One was our primary residence. So we sold that last year and the other one was our old primary residence, which we are about to sell. I don’t know what else you need to know. Some people are watching this on the YouTube channel, which I would recommend, but for the podcast folks, we just tell them how generally, how old you are.

That’s it. So where you’re at in life. And, let’s see, I’ve been married. I have a three-year-old son. We live in Berkeley, California. Basically I’ve been doing what I do for computers for about 10 years. I worked in biotech after that, before that for about seven years. Pretty simple.

And actually people don’t know what parts of this are fake. They were trying to protect the identity of the real person, if your real name is Nate, but if we just made that up, this is a very typical sample of a bay area investor. So I think this will help out a lot of people.

Moving forward. So right now I have displayed on the screen, the personal financial sheet summary, a good overview, a lot of the other tabs feed into this one, a good overview of what’s happening. Where are you at right now? Because different strategies work for different folks. No part of the simple passive cash flow is, it’s very simple.

If you’re hiring high net worth high paid professionals start with some turnkeys and go on to syndications, but there’s all a lot of little different nuances along the way, a lot of different wealth hacks. And hopefully, you can, we can get a good conversation going, but let’s just figure out where you’re at right now.

So the upper left corner here is the. So you’ve got some, you’ve got some, a little bit of cash savings, hundred, a little over a hundred grand. And you got some real estate holding $600,000 properties that the primary residence or we rent. So that’s our current rental that we have. Okay. Good for you.

I definitely recommend people rent and primary markets. Yeah, we took that advice from you. Yeah. You guys want to read that article that I paid someone 500 bucks to write from its simplepassivecashflow.com/home. Cause I really need to get that message out. We like it. We actually have a, it’s a nicer house that we live in now and yeah.

I don’t know if I told you to do that, usually. And here’s the issue with buying a big primary residence. You’re taking that in the a hundred and maybe in $200,000, a down payment, you could have bought five to 10 rental properties, each cash flow and a couple hundred bucks at least. A lot of spouses don’t care about that.

They’re like they wanna own their home, but then when you show them our market would have been 3000. Let me up the ante and let me, let’s go around and place that’s four or $5,000. Because financially, that makes more sense when you look at the numbers. So that, that usually gets them. My wife’s completely on board.

She’s pretty savvy with this. Or at least more subtle than I have to, you will be successful in life. I, so here, liabilities, and it stacks up with that. The 600,000 rental with it’s always paired mostly. This a $312,000 mortgage, I’m assuming that’s connected. So you’re about 50% loan to value on that.

Then you have a HELOC on that thing. Are you tapping at equity or? I know, so that’s some low hanging fruit and we can talk about that. Sources of cash. Here’s like your cash flow what’s happening on a monthly basis. So you got about 20 grand coming in every month. Which a lot of people would save is very high, but for the area that’s pretty much average.

It’s crazy. Yeah. It’s crazy. And I’m just curious. How much you’re paying for rent? Rent is 4,000. Okay. Okay. Not the nine. How are you getting the 9,000 in there? That is also schooling for my son okay. Okay. So between those two, it’s about 65 or about 6,000. Okay. So this, the private school is what like 30 grand a year, 40 grand a year.

Let’s see. It’s about 2 18 52. We changed it. So it’s a little less than 2000 a month. So that’s 25,000. Yeah. Yeah. I know. That’s a lot of people in Hawaii. You have to do that because public schools are not the greatest. Here in Hawaii, but, yeah, but yeah, you add it right on there.

I was like, whoa, man, you really live in, imagine there, but it looks like that, but that makes total sense. And that’s a decision you guys make and it’s not a bad one. Yeah. So you’re running what I asked a lot of people a lot of time. I don’t want to care how much you make. It’s more, this, the cell. Q 53, that Delta between how much money you’re making and how much money you’re spending. And this is a very healthy number here. You say that you’re able to save about 50 grand a year from average people. You’re like the top  1%. But I would say that from most of my investors.

That’s probably what most people have to say, but I’d say like the 50% of people who got their stuff going the right way. They’re upwards to that. It’s very good, and I would say when you’re above the $50,000 level, depending how much net worth you already have. And if you’ve already been doing this a little bit, you’re likely to be financially free in three to five years. So that’s a great win right there. That’s what we’re shooting for.

But you got, you had some vacations here. Is that kind of taken out of that? And big expenses, I think that’s it. That’s what gets me personally. I don’t have a budget. We don’t go on vacation, so we, yeah. Yeah. We actually like our house. That’s one of this, why we spend money on houses because we like to be home, yeah. Yeah. Okay. Okay. What about other big ticket stuff that might sneak in and knock that five 50 grand down to 35? That’s pretty conservative. I think that’s like we’re not really doing much. I just came home. Cook, eat, enjoy, have friends over.

So it’s nothing really cars paid for. I walk everywhere kind of big ticket items. Are you thinking that maybe I’m missing something so well, sometimes, a lot of times for this is, I’m just speaking for myself. My own personal thing is I have a big net cash flow, like how you do, but sometimes, big expenses can come in.

Especially if I go pay for something like a mastermind or something like that. And at the end of the year, I’m like I should have had a lot more than this. Like the animals are cash flowing and everything, but I didn’t even end up with how much I thought I would. There’s holes in my pocket, but I just, I don’t budget.

I don’t like that stuff. Okay. I think we kind of budget, but it’s just I think the biggest savings we have right now is we went from a nanny to putting our son in school. Probably 15,000 right there. Cool. So let’s dig in here a little bit. You’ve got a hundred thousand dollars in cash, so that would probably be the low-hanging fruit there, but I know you probably want to keep some of that in liquid cash, maybe about 20 to 40 grand.

Yeah. Yeah. We’re thinking of 40, but yeah. Yeah, but there’s definitely 50 and here that should be going out to something right away. Wholly, see, here’s your, here’s a rental property. And here is also some low-hanging for, you’ve got about 50% LTV. Have you looked into doing a HELOC on this thing and tapping the equity and the, so we could certainly do a HELOC on this, but we were thinking of selling it. That’s actually a conversation.

You’re interested in that because I don’t know. I feel like selling it at this point is probably the best idea, but yeah, this is like a war zone property. The $600,000 property in Oakland. It’s in the foothills of Oakland. So it actually has a nice property. You could see the San Francisco golden gate bridge. That’s pretty nice. It’s just a, it’s in a transitional area. It’s not a dangerous area. And how much rental income is it bringing in every asset? That’s the point because we rent it out to somebody we know, so we just have them cover the mortgage originally. And that was a big mistake on my part.

And I don’t want to use it right now because I like the guy, but. We’ve talked to him about it a bit. And at first he was like I’ll just, I’ll pay more in rent because the rent prices are ridiculous and he’s getting a good deal. But then we thought about selling it and he’s interested in buying it.

So we’re having that conversation right now. So yeah, they always say that. Okay. Let’s see, I’ll go. But here’s what I. Right now it’s like April or May you probably want to be selling this on the market in the summertime. That’s when you’re going to get a peak price. California, it’s like Hawaii.

There’s not really a season, but you definitely don’t want to, summertime when everyone’s transit kids are transitioning. I would, especially when you want to be political about this and get your friend out in a cordial way. The conversations just started yesterday. We started this conversation a little already about a month ago.

So yeah, I would just, I know, just from a manners perspective, third party, I would say Hey man, go look for it. Just start looking for a place I’m going to check in two weeks, what you’ve been seeing and we need to make a transition plan. I need you out in 45 days or whatever.

Okay. Yeah. Cause it. You can tap this. And I know the Oakland, the California market is getting a little soft right last year. The mistake I think most people would make is you mentioned it. This is you’re probably buying on the line where you’re in a transitional area and people say it’s going to go up.

We can do the numbers later. And I don’t think we’re going to do it today. But if you were to take that $300,000. And go put it on something else. You’re going to five X that whatever. And even if they build something cool, right next door. Yeah. I’m not planning on appreciating this anymore.

I think it has gone up a lot since we got it. So we’re comfortable and happy with where it’s at. Yeah. So you guys always had this as a rental. I guess you don’t have to say. Like deducting the depreciation, all that stuff. So this is actually our original primary residence. And then we lived there, so I made a mistake when I sold it.

I didn’t realize this. I made a mistake when I sold them. I should’ve sold them in a different order and waited about a year. Cause I think we could have done Mr. Capital gains tax, but when did you move out? We moved out about 2016. He bought it in 2012. You lived there for four years? Yeah. I think the rule is, as long as you live in it for the last three to five years.

You can qualify, but talk to a CPA. I think the problem is that you can’t take capital gains tax two years in a row. And I took you on last year when we sold the other house. I don’t know if you can take another capital gains tax and you have to wait. I think you have to wait every other year, but it could be wrong.

Not following. Maybe I’ll know what I’m talking about, but we paid, we instead of paying capital gains on the last house we did or that we, I don’t know what the term is, but we didn’t have to pay capital gains last year when we start our primary residence, the old house, we just moved out. And then if we were selling this house now, Even if we, because we lived there, I don’t know if we could do that twice in a row, pick up the weight every other year.

Oh, I don’t think it matters. Okay. That’s good. That’s great to know, but I’m actually unsure about this cause I own the property and I rent it out for a couple of years. Okay. And I think I made a mistake there. I should have moved in for a year and they wouldn’t have to pay taxes on the gain or I don’t know if you would have appropriated it.

If that were the case. Okay. Yeah. I was trying to read about this too. Was one of the questions I was going to ask you about, but yeah, just talk to, just talk to a CPA who does this all the time. Okay. You don’t talk to a 1031 guy, they’re just necessarily on a tender one. That’s what they did to me. I’m not interested in that either, so yeah. Yeah. It might be. I’m not suggesting that I don’t call this tax evasion, but if you’re renting out to a family friend, in a way you’re living there. I don’t know. This might be a little borderline. Maybe we shouldn’t talk about this.

You know what I mean? Technically you’re living there, especially if you’re doing this as a charity and it’s a friend, maybe just you guys move in for a year. If they hit this three out of five, Your role? What did you buy this thing for? See the original purchase price. I probably should have. I probably should have started there. See, I took 10. Yeah. See, there’s a lot of capital gains there. You have $400,000 of capital gains. Have you guys been depreciating it every year on taxes? I don’t know for sure. To be honest with you, her mom does Texas, oh it sounds like if you had a new CPA, that’s the difference?

I think that if you’re depreciating it you’re definitely doing it the, on the up and up way. And I don’t think you can play these games where you have a family friend there and you’re technically still living there. But I would like to be on the up and up for sure. Yeah. Yeah.

And this is a, but this is a big gain, right? 400 grand, 50%. I don’t think 1031 is your answer. I don’t like those at all. Okay. But it’s not big enough to do like a delayed sale trust thing on it that you just might have to take it on the chin and just pay the taxes, but spend the hour talking to the right person about this strategy and Hey, can I move in one to hit this one year to get this three out of five year rule?

Could you’re really close to being. When did you say you moved out? 2016. Yeah. Yeah. There might be something there. So look into that. Maybe shoot me an email later. I can connect you with my guy and he can ask him straight up. So I’m saying you have 50 grand from your liquidity and then potentially another after commission. You’re going to have maybe another 200 there comfortably. So two 50 at very least you have to deploy.

And then this is the same one, right? Yeah. See, it’s just an auto fallback. So that’s your war chest. But. I think where you’re at Eden, do you have any experience with any kind of out-of-state rentals or anything like that? No. That’s one of the reasons why I was originally looking for one-on-one coaching and the mastermind group. Yes. So I think you’re looking at your net worth and yeah, I think actually, David looks at your net worth, but now that it makes sense.

You’re in this limbo land. I don’t know if, eventually your guys’ salary is high enough and your, private places are going to be yours, and you’re obviously very busy, but I would, I think your next pass would be to pick up a turnkey rental and just get some experience under your belt. Okay. That’s what I was thinking. Yeah. I was gonna talk to you about that. Yeah. Yeah. So let’s talk about that. We’ve got some bullets and now we need to figure out how we’re going to go fire these things and go acquire some properties. So what is, what have some things you’ve done so far, and then what’s your tentative action.

What about us so far has joined the mastermind group. I’ve been reading different things with your website? Yeah, there’s a, I’m at a point where I need some guidance. I don’t, I’m not exactly sure where to start, so that’s why I’m here. That’s why I’m talking to you right now. Okay. Okay. No, that makes total sense.

Because most times people they’ll come into the mastermind after. They’ll listen to the podcast for sure. But then they’ll, there’ll be con there’ll be doing some books and podcasts for about a few months to six months. And they’ve already got a formulated plan in their head.

They’re gonna learn about turnkey rentals. They are, they, and they already have that realization. I am sure you have already done this where you live in the bay area. You’re not going to find anything in the state. That’s going to cash flow. That’s not a D class. For sure. Yeah.

So the next logical step is all right, where do we buy? Are there any markets in your head that you’re eyeing? So I know the markets that people say to they’re interesting, or you should look at, but I don’t know how those decisions are made. That’s one of the ones, one of the main questions I was trying to figure out right off the bat was like, how are people finding markets?

And. What markets do. And why are they finding the why? Why is that a particular market? Like Kansas city, Indianapolis? I know I’ve read some of the stuff that people say, but I wouldn’t know. If you give me a map, like where do I begin looking at it? And then finding a good parking spot? Yeah the simplistic way I put it is you’re trying to find properties and secondary markets with robust economies.

So secondary markets or, places like Kansas city, Memphis, Indianapolis, Atlanta. You can categorize it by population size. Do you know? Not like the mega cities, but like at least a hundred thousand people good size. And then of course pair that with the robust economy. So Detroit’s the secondary market, but it’s not a very robust economy.

So that part I understand. How would you find how to prove yourself that this economy is robust? Like, for instance, Kansas city. Indianapolis. What are you looking at to prove to yourself? Oh, this is a real positive. I know why you would probably say to choose not. Oh you just look at one thing I look at is like fortune 500 companies in that area.

What kind of industries is it like? Las Vegas is not very economically diverse. City, it’s a lot different from tourism. There was a cool try. I had in the last investor quarter letter, video and site civil, passive cashflow.com/investor. Quarterly. I can display that real quick. Is that the one from last night or? Yeah. One from last night, but I don’t have, I don’t have a list for you, but.

But my thing is There’s already a list out there, it’s on a spoken list that people are like, oh, we just like to stay in these types of areas. Yeah. And the nice thing about that is that there’s already, if you follow the footsteps with other people have done. You don’t really have to recreate the wheel. There’s already property managers, brokers. And that was one of them. That’s one of the questions I had too, is if you’re investing out of state, how are you finding contractors? And this is through your network. Here’s that, that image. The green ones are supposedly more diversified job markets. The red ones are not, I don’t really agree with salt lake being a diversified market.

And I also don’t agree with Atlanta. Atlanta has got it all. It’s got like class C. Worker blue collar workers working in industries, manufacturing, like the Mercedes plants and stuff like that. And it’s got a lot of white collar workers to a very diversified market, that’s why you think Bloomberg made this thing.

I just took a lot of data points and we see the same things popping up again and again. But then you’re also looking for tertiary markets too, because even the secondary markets, everybody’s flocking to now. So Chris, on this one, for instance, they say Buffalo is a good bar, to provide market, but then isn’t that the one where the population went from 500,000 down to 250,000 for the last 15, 20 years or something like that, you might be right, but already am not even looking at it because it’s a primary market.

Brilliant. Okay. And in Baltimore is DC, right? Buffalo. Yeah, primary market. Okay. That’s not to say you can’t, it’s not going to be appreciated, but that’s just not the game I play or what I recommend. Yeah. I’ll just stick it out, looking at this map that stuck out to me when I saw it the first time. Yeah, so that’s my recommendation. And then, just taking this map, right? Kentucky, Memphis, Oklahoma city, New Orleans, Atlanta, Jacksonville. What you’re trying to do is you’re trying to narrow it down to a couple or at least one that you’re going to go in there and build relationships with brokers, property managers, you can’t do multiple, you can’t do three or more.

I don’t have time for that yet. So you’re being a typical engineer and this is what I do. You’re like, all right, I’m going to start with this big funnel. I’m going to start with 30 markets. And I’m going to pick the best, like that’s gonna surely take you a long time and you’re likely to arrive at the same answer where you’re like you know what, screw it.

Everybody talks about these five. I’m going to pick from those five and just whittle it down to one or two. Okay. I think that’s the better approach. Okay. But engineers, we like to get all this data and, in the, who we share drivers, all kinds of data from way back when you can, kinds of power rankings and whatnot. But I don’t know why I even put that in there. Just confuses you guys even more. Okay. But that the time and energy should be spent on connecting with brokers and property managers. Okay. How do you find, let’s say in Kansas city or something like that, how would you go ahead and find a broker and property insurance and to throw your network against yeah. People, referrals and this is why I always say the most important thing is to network with other passive investors. People like you and me. Because those are the people who are gonna, have the past pay for you. But here, the problem is you can’t just hand these guys, like there’s a, we have that free Facebook group.

As you pay for what you get for something, some of these guys, they just asked for what brokers you are working with? Man, I’m not going to help you out. You’re just like a taker, but it’s hard in the beginning because you don’t know very much. So you need to get educated. You need to put in some work. See there’s an even value exchange. So you can go to a little bit more of a student investor who potentially has a big vendor list. And become friends and how do you do that? There’s no tricks to it. You just become, build a relationship, a genuine relationship, go freaking figure.

Makes sense. Yeah, there’s a lot of tricks and hacks to get this from people or get it on your own, but I don’t think it’s sustainable because what you want to do is you want to try and build a mini micro tribe of a few. All investing. For me, it was like Birmingham. There were like a few people that were all messing around in Birmingham. We all knew who the property managers were. And then if something went wrong, someone wasn’t performing, we’d all move like a mini flock to a different one, or we didn’t know who to tell. So that’s the more sustainable model. And hopefully when these guys get tired of turnkey rentals and go to bigger stuff, you’ve had.

That’s a solid relationship to move forward with them. Okay. But any other tangible, more granular stuff I left out there. I know that’s a high level, right? That’s more esoteric. Yeah. I don’t know. I just like the process of just getting started, it’s to start looking at some of these properties that they have called them up, yeah, I guess that’s the process. That’s what I’m asking is, find someone there in the network and NASA like maybe, Hey, who do I contact in Kansas city per se or Indianapolis, and then discount. Started to talk. There’s people who are more than happy, I’m sure to sell it.

But what I understand is that these things go pretty quick. That’s what I’m seeing on the mastermind, like their properties come up and then they go for it. So you have to know what you’re looking for and, in a mastermind I’ll help you out for sure. I’ve got my vendor list. I keep it close to the chest. And people like, I like talking with people and doing those free intro calls just to get to know people. But I don’t know, like lately I’ve been a little worried of just alright, I, use these guys in Birmingham, use these guys and, wherever.

Because these are my relationships. I don’t want to be a jerk over who just is going to call up eight different Turkey providers and waste them. Guys time. Yeah. So that’s what I’m thinking, you’re the mastermind, I’ll help you out. I’m always working to build new relationships. I’m actually working on a new one in Pennsylvania, rural Pennsylvania. So where do you have your first one? Yeah. I think you had a property in Pennsylvania. Yeah. So that’s where that relation came from. We worked on some deals out there and then they’re pretty helpful. So I trust them and that’s what’s more.

Yeah. And if I can build like a long-term relationship where they know that a lot of you guys will come back, then that’s a good, solid relationship that, it’s more of a long-term thing, but I don’t, I want you guys to struggle a little bit, because this is how you learn how to do it, but. I also want you guys to hit success, right? So there’s a balance between how much I help you guys. If you want me to do everything, yeah, I can do, I guess I can do everything, but maybe that might change in the near future as my bandwidth fills up. But, the more you struggle, the more you learn and the more you learn, the more you progress 5, 10, 15, 20 years from now.

But I think what I try to do is so I’ll set you up with some good reputable people. So you don’t have to go through the whole list of turnkey providers. At least, you’re working with people who are decent, right? They’re honest people. Men, what I suggest is like you just get their inventory lists and then you just see where the water line is.

All right. Cause when I was buying, I was, $90,000 properties they’re renting for nine 50. I knew I had it all on a scatter chart and I knew 1.1 rent evaluation. That’s my number. I don’t know where that is today. And I know where it is. Cause he sees where, I have you guys do the spreadsheet. And this is where the water line is, what a good deal is. You’re not going to find an amazing deal. It’s tricky rentals, but you don’t want to get a sucker deal. So when a good deal comes up, you’ve got to act pretty quickly, which may be in a matter of a few hours or a few days, depending on what kind of relationships you build with them again.

And then you pull the trigger. But I think No more times than not a newer investor thinks that they need to close on the property. But for me, it’s more there’s a good chance. Maybe 30% chance. You probably there’s something that comes up and due diligence that you can’t work, negotiate your way through. So I’m probably a lot quicker to put a contract under. I’m more certain I’m more. All right, lock it up. Let’s put in going to contract and let’s get that inspector in there and let’s see what’s under the hood so I can act quickly. And that’s how you should be able to get. Okay, fair enough.

It’s dating, right? Like it’s been awhile. The strategy goes, you don’t get married after the, before asking them on a date, on a lot of dates, same thought here. I gotcha. Just cause you go on a date and ask doesn’t mean you’re going to get married for sure. Any other questions on just picking prop properties up in that kind of way? Yeah. So I think the other question I had was if you’re, the recommendation is always to get from you is to get a turnkey to start, but then like a high level, what do you, what’s the progression there? So you get a Twinkie, you get, get comfortable working out of state.

And then I don’t want to keep buying turnkeys as they’re applied at the. Yeah, like we’re talking about right there. Not that they’re not the best, right? Yeah. Yeah. And, but the beauty of this is once you get one turnkey and you get it going. Yeah. Sometimes they don’t work out. I would say like one out of three times you might buy a dud. It just gives you some problems, but overall you’re hitting that nice returns on average. Okay. Definitely way better than the stock market. That’s what. You’re talking. But then here’s the path. And a lot of the investors that I started working alongside when I started there’s this path of you do the whole burst strategy by rent rehab refinance, which I’m not a fan of at all for high net worth individuals to be buying like 50,000 pieces of junk because the exit strategy isn’t there.

Like you can have a portfolio of 40 properties of 600 or $60,000 each, but that’s cash flowing, but there’s a cap ex, that’s going to hit you on this stuff somewhere between year five and 15, and now you’re going to pay back all these returns. It’s just not a sustainable way of investing, but it’s a way of doing it. And I guess nothing is wrong with you. If you can prove me wrong with the numbers, but you’re going to go down this path of burning and creating value that way, because maybe you like doing that. And this is where you’re starting to do it and you start to figure out if you like it. And if you’re good at it, me personally, I don’t like it.

And because I don’t like it, I don’t spend the time doing it and I never got really good at it. Okay. So that’s why I went to be more passive in a bigger deal. And that’s the progression. But we don’t know until you do this prerequisite, this is the pre-calc to ease and calculus. So I’m not, so I’m not going to let you go by Hey lane, they want to sell me. And I have a quarter million dollars. That means I can buy 1, 2, 3, 4, 8. I can buy 12 rentals for probably 1200. Pretty solid ones tomorrow. I would probably be like, no, don’t do that.

At most maybe by four and let’s pause and think, and let’s come back and talk six months to a year from now where you w where do you want to go? What’s your thoughts and feelings and how things are progressing. Okay. So that’s, you know what that said? I don’t think you’re going to be able to invest that quarter million dollars in the next six months.

Maybe, probably even a year. Okay. So what’s a good recommendation for parking, nothing instead of just having sit and savings like AHP is a good one, simple, passive cashflow.com/hp. They don’t sponsor me anymore, unfortunately, but, yeah, I still think it’s a good place to store some cash.

For you, I wouldn’t stick more than a hundred grand in there. Okay. I think let’s just say, let’s just assume now I’m getting more high-level strategy where the money comes from. I would take the money out from your liquidity and invest as soon as possible. What is that?

The 80 grand. And in the back of your head, you can pull a HELOC Okay. You need from that rental property, right? Yeah. So I would totally be fine with you running your liquidity for me. Your cash reserves are pretty low, maybe even 10 grand. You see what I’m saying? Yeah, for sure. It was still saving a decent month or month and the house sale, maybe you delay that a little bit to next year. I know that one’s a tough one. It’s not like I see a lot of guys with big 401ks and you don’t have that. Where is that? But she’s still at the employer, right? That’s she’s out of that one. Oh, okay. Where did that one go? If you go to the summary. A little bit right there it’s like 24. So she has left her employer, whatever you don’t roll it over into a new TSP or 403 B or 401k. Yeah, she’s just sitting there. I would take that out. If you had more than 150, $200,000, I’ll be very strategic on how you take that out. Like tickets slowly, you have to look at your whole taxes.

There’s brackets, right? They’re like full brackets. You’re probably in the second to highest one. Now. I don’t know how they exactly fall. Yeah. I don’t know. I think, yeah, probably close. Yeah. So if you take this thing out this year, you’re probably going to the highest one or maybe even the second highest one. We want to keep you just from going to the next one. So see what I’m saying. You got to be strategic on how much you take out of that thing this year. So say I don’t know what AGI is. Are they changed all the time? And I don’t know what it is for married couples. It’s AGI adjusted gross income.

So let’s just say the highest one starts at two 50 and right now you’re at 200. Okay. As your AGI, I would maybe take this 91,000. I would take 50 grand. So you just stayed below that. And then the next, the plan for next year is to take the other 40. So you’re always slip it under the radar that the red, so we’re over two 50.

So why don’t, I don’t know. You got to look at the tax. A CPA should be able to help you out with. Okay, but they’re not, CPAs are not strategy guys. That’s where you got me, but I don’t know the exact brackets, but you get the gist of what you’re talking about.

You’re smart. You can figure it out. So that would be a way to play that, to take it out slowly. ‘ cause you’re looking, you’re not going to, we’re already halfway through the year. You’re not going to be able to deploy something. You’re not going to be able to deploy it. You’re not going to, I don’t see you buying more than three houses in the next six months. So this is probably a 2020 plan. Okay. But then also remember you also have to have been thinking about this in the back of your head. Like I do think you should sell that house right away. Yeah. So that 300,000 or $200,000 of gains comes right on your income. So if you’re going to do that, it’s going to blow up your AGI. Yeah.

So I wouldn’t touch, I wouldn’t take out that 4 0 3 B money. You know what I’m saying? Yeah, for sure. Unfortunately, with that house sale, you can’t be strategic. And how you take it out, you got to take all that. Yeah, that was a, I think I could’ve done that differently, but that’s how you pay to learn, yeah. Yeah. Am I clear here? You get the fundamentals right when I’m trying to, yeah. I guess the question on the 4 0 3 B is, do you get penalized when you pull it out? I don’t know how that works. Yeah. Number one, you finally get to assess the taxable income, right?

Because this is all post tax. You don’t pay taxes on the loan. But yeah, there is a 10% penalty, but I wouldn’t call it a penalty. We’ve had this conversation with my wife and I have had it before. So yeah, it is a very emotional conversation because people think it’s like a sin to take money out and they call it a penalty.

Now I’m not allowed to do that, but the numbers don’t lie. If you can make money, if you can make 20 to 30% in a Turkey rental, Who cares about the 10%. You’ll make that back in 12 months and the rest is all gravy. Yeah. Good point. So follow up, do the numbers yourself, the numbers tell you what to do.

But if you’re going to be selling the house, maybe I would hold off on it because you don’t need that money anyway. So right away, for sure. Yeah. Yeah. I would, you have a lot of liquidity and you don’t that you’re not going to be able to allocate. I don’t know. So for folks like yourself, I would look into doing infinite banking.

Yeah. Looking forward to that part of the we’ll get there. I think your net worth isn’t. It’s there, but the fact that you have a hundred grand or more ready to go, but you’re not going to be able to allocate it right away. I don’t see you allocating more. 50 grand this year.

I don’t, you’re not going to buy more than two houses. Okay. I think we can both agree to that. 2020. I don’t really see you allocating more than 150. Okay. See what I’m saying? So if we plan 2019 and 2020, that you’re going to go on with a quarter million dollars, you’re going to have some excess. What I’m recommending is taking a look at that excess and putting a fraction of that into life insurance where this stuff, where you have to put it in one out of six years. You have to commit, right? So I’m not a life insurance originator. You’re like, but I know the strategy. Yeah. Listen to that podcast you had. I think there was a podcast on that. Listen to you. Not too. I think he, maybe he didn’t do it, but yeah, this is a bit, if I just want to communicate like the strategy, they’re like, you’re not going to be using this liquidity right away.

You’re not even going to tap it in 2020. So you got to do something with it. AHP is an option, but the nice thing about the light, the infinite banking is super awesome in the once you have it set up three to six years in the future, but it really sucks cause there’s, it’s really fee heavy in the beginning. If you put in a hundred grand, you might have to pay 30 grand in fees. I see, but for like lower net worth guys who have to look under their couch for coins to pick up that first rental at $25,000 down payment, that obviously doesn’t make any sense for them, but you’re inefficient here.

And so you might buy players that take the inefficiencies and the extra five grand, actually 20 grand or whatever, into licensed. Pronounced to build it up. I see, don’t go bonkers with it. But, it is, I always say, start with a smaller one and you understand how it works. And yeah, because in theory is always different than in practical use and seeing the statements coming in oh, I get this now. And I can tell now I can take a loan for myself. Oh, this is why they call it infinite banking. I get it. Finally get it like a year later. Yeah. Okay. All right. But yeah, I think that’s from a high level, that’s kind of the one, two year strategy right there. Okay. So now I’m just gonna work on getting two, two houses this year.

That’s the immediate goal, but that’s your kind of your, one to your. Okay, fair enough. But yeah. Any other questions you had off the top of your head or? The questions I have pointed on. Interesting. On the podcast, those are one-on-one coaching stuff. Yeah. It’s more, I think, after this more granular, but you have, there’s a path there’s definitely a path for, I think after the two years, I see you getting maybe like three, four houses and then also maybe the middle of 2020.

Maybe play around with a deal, to a syndication and just seeing how that is. And then now you can like, be like, whoa, I like this a lot better. I’m pretty sure you’re gonna think this indication is better. It’s just better than direct operating. I don’t know the returns a little less, but it’s just not worth the time for an exchange.

Okay. So you’ll just go into more and more deals. I would say probably like three, four years from now. Because you’re especially saving 50 grand a year. I’m sure that’s going to go up. You’re like, you’re going to get into this rhythm of going into a deal every, maybe two or three deals a year and obviously that’s going to take a while, to build up like a war chest of a dozen two dozen deals, a $50,000 position in each deal. That’s, it’s a sustainable model and not all the deals are going to go well, not all of them. But I think on the average, you’re, what’s your goal here?

And I guess we didn’t talk about, you mean, why what’s my goal as far as passive income, or as far as why I’m here trying to learn this stuff, passive income, I guess it would be something around 10 K so that my living expenses are covered basically. So I could live the life I have right now and not have to worry about it going to work.

I can go to work. I probably will, but I don’t want to. Yeah, so if I press the Fed, like the infinity time still on, and I could just fast forward right now with the liquidity you have in hand and the equity you haven’t had, you could probably be, if I just take your assets and times 10%, you could probably be 500.

You could probably be halfway there today. So there’s a little bit of work to do. I took $500,000 of deployable equity. It’s what I figure times 0.1. So you’re halfway there. So it’s just a matter of deploying into another half, an half, a million dollars. And that’s just going to take you, if you keep saving $50,000 a year, that’s going to take another 10 year, but it’s not going to take you that.

Yeah. It’s going to take you like less than half. So I will probably see it in five years. Okay. That’d be great. I’d be completely happy with that. In the next couple of years you, it’s not going to be like, you just quit cold Turkey. It would probably be like a transition of maybe you start working last or spouse stop or the last or whatever. She likes her job. Good for her. We’re all happy for her. Okay we can get you out of your job. Any kind of last parting thoughts or questions? No, I just really just want to say thank you, man. I’ve been listening to podcasts for probably about two years and I’ve been busy cause I have a three-year-old now he’s in school, so I have more time. So I appreciate being able to join the mastermind and doing this call.

Yeah, just ex yeah. Yeah. I would give you props there. Like most people in the, Matt, a mastermind, but the investor club in general, they’re either younger than 30 or older than 40. It’s those, like when you guys have those young kids, I don’t have kids. So I don’t know. I’m just speculating to see how you get these data points. But when you guys have kids there’s you guys just disappear off the face of the earth. You guys don’t do anything other than focus on that, which makes sense. But it is. I think that if you were to take that perspective, you’re doing it the hardest time nobody does what you’re doing now.

That’s where I’ll take that. But the whole thing is if you do the right things, it’s very simple. It’s like swimming. I don’t swim very well. So I look like I’m drowning. I can get from point a to pretty quickly, but I’m going to get tired. But if you look at the most effective swimmers, it doesn’t even look like they’re working. They’re so efficient. So it’s the idea to get you to like that, like a graceful dolphin, but investing it’s nice. Yeah. All right, man. Yeah, if you guys like this shoot me an email. Let me know if we haven’t had a chat book, a call and join HUI pipeline club and check out the mastermind club at simplepassivecashflow.com/journey. I will talk to you guys next t

 

August 2022 Monthly Market Update

Welcome everybody. This is the monthly market update. Here we go. What’s up everybody? It is August, 2022. Let’s get the monthly market update. If you haven’t checked out the podcast, simple passive cash flow is where you find it. ITunes, Google play Spotify. And check this out on YouTube. And we also record and put all these monthly market updates on the website and simple passive cash flow.com/investor letter every month for you guys to pull these reports and see if I’m lying or see if I’m right in my predictions.

But if you guys want to ask any questions throughout or leave any comments, feel free to type it into the chat box below from your perspective, the way you’re watching it. We go out, live on YouTube and our groups, looks like we got a wandering dot what’s up, man. And we also put this in the podcast form.

So let’s get started here. First article, there’s another one of wallet, hubs, top 10 places, and this is the best and worst places to rent in America. The best place was Maryland. Overland Park, Kansas Sioux city falls, South Dakota, Bismark Lincoln Chandler, Arizona Scotta Arizona, Gilbert, Arizona, El Paso, Texas, Casper, Wyoming, Cedar falls, Illinois and Fargo North Dakota.

How I, they came up with those top rental markets or best places to rent, I guess this is in the perspective of a renter. I have no idea, but you guys seem to like these top 10, which is why we do ’em. The markets with the best vacancy rates are the little rock Arkansas, Casper, Wyoming, Augusta, Georgia, Armillo, Texas.

And. Charleston Wyoming. Affordable rents are in Wyoming at Bismark, North Dakota, Cedar walls, Cedar rapids, Illinois, Sioux city falls, Sioux falls, South Dakota, Overland park, Kansas. Moving on. If you guys haven’t heard of it, it’s like the second crypto Wil winter, and this one’s a little bit different.

So what a lot of people were doing was putting their money into these crypto staking platforms, such as block fives or CELs, I wasn’t doing very many of these nor do I do. I don’t really do crypto. I don’t really believe in it. I believe in the whole idea of cryptocurrencies, getting away from governments controlling currency, which I’m all for, but I just don’t really I don’t know.

I think real estate’s just way better and it’s passive income, which you can typically defer the taxes on as opposed to this stuff, which the governments are gonna be coming after. Pretty heavily on, A little bit less because it all took a crap on everybody. And especially like that Luna thing, which I knew was a bad deal from the start.

But if you haven’t heard, Celsis is one of these big trading platforms where people would. They would state their coins or whatever it’s called. And they would get maybe like 9%, 15% on just staking it. But what people didn’t realize, what the heck that meant and what it meant is like putting your coin up and then, people borrowing it or you’re putting money up for the barring platform to happen.

And. It was, it’s like a house of cards is how I saw it. And eventually came down crumbling and Celia has had to restructure and a lot of people are asking you, Hey, am I gonna get my money back? And. I tell people, no, man, you’re not gonna get your money back because that’s why you don’t invest in this stuff.

Because in any investment you always ask how I am securitized? If shit happens, how am I gonna get some or all of my money back? And in these types of situations, you don’t because there’s no underlying asset value. There’s another deal going out, out there where people are like, you’re investing in like online businesses, but the online business is, there’s not really worth anything. If anything, there’s maybe some inventory, some useless junk that’s in a warehouse somewhere that you can sell pennies on for a dollar. But that’s why I like real estate because it’s always worth something, especially like the raw land portion of it.

Sorry. If you did this type of stuff I guess I should have told you, you should have done it. But, I don’t do this type of stuff. I maybe had $1,500 in blockFI that I took out last month just to learn it. But, I don’t put a substantial amount of my net worth, if you follow what the high net worth people over $10 million, do they typically don’t put anywhere.

They put one to 10% of their net worth into things like this. It’s all the lower net worth people that are dancing around with 10, 20% plus other net worth real estate, intelligent marketing reports that study finds that the US needs 4.3 million more apartments by the year 2035. And I put this in there and I think a lot of us are very well aware of which is why we invested in real estate, especially lower middle class workforce style housing.

Is because there’s a demand for it. It’s a commodity. And it’s something that you could forecast the need for, the reports that the US has tremendously difficult conditions that have fundamentally altered our nation’s demographics. But one thing remains certain. There is a need for more rental housing.

The US must build 3.7 million new apartments just to meet the future demand. On top of the 600,000 unit deficit and a loss of 4.7 million affordable apartment homes, a major driver of the apartment demand is immigration, which, you know if anything, immigration needs to occur more, especially if there’s a supply chain crunch in China, which isn’t supplying us with cheap labor.

We’ve gotta read. Domic a lot of these jobs, but anyway, that’s just my interject right there. The article ends and says California, Florida and Texas will require 1.5 million new apartments in 2035 accounting for 40% of the future demand,

Commercial property executive. Reports that why C R E, which is commercial real estate investors are rethinking refinancing. And I actually had a webinar for my investors a couple days ago. And, if you wanna get a copy, shoot us an email and team@simplepassivecashflow.com, where I went into some pretty heavy detail, but from a high level, just for the podcast audience and public investor.

Audience here, basically what’s happening is it’s really hard to get lending because the not, the interest rates went up, but I would probably argue that the thing to point to is like these rate caps that we normally will buy, usually buy something where. If we close that 5% interest rate, we wanna buy a cap.

So we don’t have to if the interest rates go up to five and a half, we cap out there. So it’s a way of being conservative, but it can be very expensive in the past. It’s cost us maybe half a percent or percent of the loan value to pay for one of these things. And now. I would say like triple or even more expensive than it once was, which really impacts closing costs and the deals.

So that’s just speaking from my own personal experience, but reading what the article is saying here during the first quarter, investors were eager to refinance in order to take advantage of high evaluations to get into the market. Now, many are hesitant to tap the debt markets because interest rates have risen so much since March and the lender underwriting is reflecting economic uncertainty and increased risk.

So we all know interest rates are gonna be going up to team inflation and you did the whole little diagram and chalkboard exercise on this whole dynamic alone. And another thing I would recommend for you guys is go back to the podcast. I did a couple great podcasts with Richard Duncan. You guys can check that out at simplepassivecashflow.com/duncan.

Get, multi-housing news reports, the growing cost of capital for multi-family development. This kind of piggybacking on, I just mentioned borrowing costs are 2% to two and a half percent higher than a year ago. The result is a situation not seen in years in which the caps have fallen, being below the cost of debt. But in fast growing Sunbelt hotspots, huge population growth has created demand for multifamily housing.

Far out shipping, supply, propelling, rent rates, and leaving many long time. Multifamily experts, slack jobs. The situation should keep cap rates slow. So in other words, rents are continually going up and up, which actually makes this a very good time to be buying real estate. This is a buyer’s market in a little bubble.

As the large institutional investors have paused they’re buying, but they gotta come back in. At some point I argued before the end of the. The only problem right now is in getting your lending set up or what we call capital markets, which has nothing to do with the cap rates. Guys, don’t get that confused.

So if you are an all cash buyer right now, this is an awesome time for you. Just, that’s just never a good way to invest. In my opinion, you always wanna be taking advantage of getting as much good debt as possible. The article ends with greater concern. Maybe whether the Fed will aggressively shrink its balance sheet yanking, a lot of liquidity out system, less cash will be available at any price available capital with insufficient funds to fund all development projects that are just talking about like a doom stage scenario.

Go back and check out that video we did, especially for you investors in our group. It is simple. And I think it, what it does is there’s a lot of noise out there. Like I mentioned, don’t watch these YouTube videos, these doin GLS of these guys who sell newsletters or the people trying to sell code, have them, you buy through their affiliate links and stuff like that, then get back to basics, and this is my book here. If you guys haven’t checked it out, Really trying to get over a hundred reviews. I think we’re up into the eighties or nineties right now. The journey of simple passive cash flow. I’ve been told it does a very good job in teaching the basics. And the basics is number one, investing in good deals, where you’re investing with people with reputation and a track record to get passive losses.

So you’re able to play different games on your taxes, essentially stop doing the stuff that your lame CPA is telling you, such as doing your 401k, or your deferred comp plan. That. Isn’t really any tax advice. It’s just deferring taxes instead, plate checkers, or instead of playing checkers, place chess with your taxes and pay little to taxes by changing your color, your money, or in their income to passive income.

So you can use your passive losses from your real estate to zero that out as best as you can. And maybe even if you wanna get jazzed up, do some rep status there. All to, and then, maybe do a little infinite banking. If you guys wanna get more information on infinite banking, you guys can get the infoPage at infoPage@simplepassivecashflow.com/banking, but help me out and buy the book.

Spread the good word folks. We’ll continue on multi-housing news, how the housing shortage became a crisis. So the US under produced 3.8 million of housing between 2012 and 2019. The shortfall is double what it was seven years ago. The problem is exasperating itself by crumbling infrastructure, ratio, inequality, climate change, and climate events.

And while under supply impacts residents at all income levels, lower and residents of color suffer the most. Three root causes for this is missing households that would have formed if units were available and affordable, insufficient availability and uninhabitable units, which is why we like to invest in this type of stuff, cuz there’s a growing demand for it. And it’s something that. As new inventory comes online, it doesn’t really directly compete with your class B or C asset.

The class stuff actually helps you because it pushes the price points up and up, which we have another article discussing later today. But it’s just that you don’t really have direct competition. This is why I don’t like self storage investing because. Even when you’re, you always wanna buy a type of storage because everybody wants to go to the 24 hour air condition, very highly secure using tech, lot of tech in their self storage.

But if somebody builds a new self storage facility next to yours, that’s why I’m not a big fan of that. That asset class I do like bolt storage though. RV storage. Multi-housing news also reports multi-family investing in a high inflation economy. So our economy has shifted to, from manufacturing to a service based one.

And we have a Fed that is very proactive with arsenal tools that have really deployed to manage economic growth. Again, if you, this is all new to you guys, check out the infoPage at simplepasscash.com/Duncan. Great primer, and feel free to share that with your friends. The current high inflation environment with the prospects of higher treasury rates have led both investors and lenders to reassess their underwriting assumptions along with feature valuations and cap rates combined with the uncertainty over exit cap rates in light of increasing treasury rates, multifamily investors are having to temper their pricing in order to achieve acceptable rate adjusted returns.

Here’s my quote here. I haven’t seen a lot of deals where they are still assuming that rents are gonna go up 3% every year. And their exit cap rates are still pretty high or pretty low. The importance of relationships, both on the debt and equity capital is Parabon in order to access capital to take advantage of this temporary market dislocation.

Talk about is right, Frank. Now it’s currently in a little bit of a bar market. Like I said, if you are somebody who isn’t the best investor out there, but Hey, you have a lot of money and you buy stuff, cash. This is the ideal situation for you still. I wouldn’t rec I wouldn’t do it, but, right now the prices are a little low it’s only problem is lending and there, you never have a time when things are always good and all signs clear.

and you’re always gonna have some kind of way to things where there’s always gonna be seemingly, headwinds in the way, if not, that’s when the prices start to go away and which it was getting there prior to, 20, late 20, 21, or, 2018, I would say, thankfully, we had that whole pandemic thing.

Re business online reports, Redfin US residential media and asking rates of 14.1% in June on annual basis. Redfin is the big real estate online real estate brokerage reported national rents in June. Went up 14.1% year over year. The June figure is a slight increase from. Which is what I’ve been telling everybody, rents are still aggressively going up and this is another reason why it’s a great time to be buying right now.

The rent growth is slowing because landlords are seeing demand start to ease as renters get pinched by inflation. But, I think this is the thing I always highlight for folks like, despite what you read the word recess. Rents are still going up. It’s just, it’s not going up at the crazy price it once was, which is a good thing.

I think that crazy pace was UN unsustainable. All I personally want is a little bit of growth. Like one to 3% rents are still climbing unprecedented rates in strong job markets like New York and Seattle and areas like San Antonio and Boston, that sort of popularity during the pandemic. And here are the top 10 markets that saw the biggest jump in June, Cincinnati, Seattle, Austin, Nashville, New York city, NASSAU county, New York, new Brunswick, New Jersey, New York, New Jersey, Portland and Sam Antonio

Yardi matrix, reports, multifamily rents rise again in June. Yardi made check reports. Average us multifamily rents roles, another $19 in June. Again, this is the same thing that we just mentioned. The increase was filled by strong demand and rent growth throughout the country. So this is a different type of environment.

This isn’t like 2008, lending is very different, at least on the residential side. You don’t have the ninja, no doc, no job, no income type of loans. There’s a lot of controls on lending and that’s what’s bogging down future investor mojo. Is that the lack of the capital market’s lack of lending availability?

Not that the deals are too expensive. The expectation for the remainder of 22 is for rents to increase at slower rates as the economy cools off. But that doesn’t mean that it’s going backwards. There’s always one thing I always say if I were to bet, if the rents don’t go down for very long, I would probably say what’s long, maybe longer than a six to 18 month period.

It. Unfortunately for people who rent, it’s always not gonna come outta your pocketbook at the end of the day, as gas prices rise, like the airlines just pass it off to their customers. And so things are going pretty well in, I don’t know about the economy, but as far as if you’re an investor getting your money working in real estate, and in rentals, And it’s going so well that like the class, a multifamily units are doing really right now, as wealth management.com reports rent growth will not maturity, slow down until demand cools, vacancy ticks up and will happen.

If, and when, afford becomes a headwind, if the job markets subsidy. This is what kind of my whole thesis is. If there’s any type of trouble in the economy, any type of recession who’s gonna get hurt. People who own their own houses, they’re gonna get foreclosed and where are they gonna go?

They’re gonna cascade down to class A apartments, class B apartments, class C apartments. This is right now. You’re seeing the class A apartments do really well because people can’t afford to buy houses because the cost of their lending, their interest rates have gone down. So it’s a cause and effect thing.

And I think it’s important to find those asset classes, those sectors, those, those wealth gaps where you want to participate based on your sec, your viewpoint of the economy and how things work. And in my opinion, only class C and B apartments in class B and areas are where it’s.

I know a lot of people like to buy these class a apartments, I’d say you might as well build them and sell them to suckers who wanna buy them and operate ’em. I just, I think it’s a sector that’s really performing really right now because people cannot afford houses and they are just gonna go rent.

They have a $1,500 a month, $2,500 a month class A apartment. But. I don’t see that really continuing, or I see that as a catch mode currently right now.

So here’s an example of a class A apartment right here. American capital group or committees real estate partners, diverse a blank apartments Kirkland, Washington for 242 million. So this is a class A apartment, and this is. Like a business plan that I would like to personally get into is like building these developments, scratch, creating a tremendous amount of value, add, and then selling it off to a mom and Paul syndicate, who have silly investors who really like these pretty pictures and that’s how they sell their deals.

But then, this is, to me, the risk of operating these high end apartments. Right now it’s doing really well because a lot of people in houses cannot afford to buy the loans, the higher interest rate and their affordability is backtracking. As of maybe a couple months ago, I just don’t see that shrink continuing.

And I think that there’s some leveling off of it. And I just think there’s just more long term stability in the B class asset, one level of this type of stuff. But yeah, I wanna do exactly what these guys do. Harper, who is a direct Fannie Mae. Freddie Mac lender says that Fannie Mae Freddie Mac expects a mission to deliver liquidity as stability and affordability. The agencies committed to enhance the ability and affordability of challenged markets by providing greater liquidity over the next three years.

Things tightened up in the capital markets and people aren’t able to afford their super expensive house simply because of the cost of. Interest rates went up a little bit and that directly impacts affordability. And that impacts a lot of people on the fringes. And that’s where the, Fannie Mae, Fred Mac are saying here where they’re redating and, changing up their targets for the future lending.

And this is always gonna happen. This has been happening since the beginning, when I’ve invested, they always make these micro adjustments. Take another run at it. Things just keep continuing and continuing. This is why I always tell investors, don’t really get too excited about any one thing . There’s always these small types of corrections here or there and at least how I’ve seen for the most part things typically work in a control band.

And I think people get too much into the headlines. Garbage headlines from your CNBCs, your yahoos that are placating out to the average consumer out there, trying to just sell headlines of fear, dooming blue. But this is what’s happening in the more industry newsletters like this, which I try to find for you guys.

They’re looking to do increased loan purchase activity at foster. Product innovation to enable the use of manufacturing houses and unique development scenarios. Fannie Mae is one of the leading sources, liquidity for manufacturing and affordable housing. They’re trying to work on the problem and so those of you guys don’t know Fannie Mae F Mac is your government arm, pseudo government arm to get that money out there to the people who need it the most.

To buy houses because some people still think that, everybody should buy a house to live in, even though that’s not really going to happen. They’re trying to get the people on the fringes that sort of deserve it to get ’em over the edge, which I think is a good thing. Bloomberg reports from billionaire Samal warns that the Fed needs to break the inflation mindset and says he doesn’t think that the US is currently in a recession.

I’ll try and I guess I’ll try and summarize what I talked about in my other hour-long, half long webinar with my insiders in our group. But basically you have inflation all the time. I don’t wanna say all time high, but a pretty, moving average of 9.1%. Last I checked it, which is three times what they want it to be at most.

They usually want it to be one to three. So what’s going on is that you’re seeing the Fed increase the amount of interest rate, which is called, quantitative tightening after quantitative easing is what they did previously, which is essentially creating fake money and creating all these government entitlement programs to basically lift us out of a pandemic created recess.

Which I think is a good thing to do. And this is coming from somebody who really doesn’t like too much government control, but I think that’s what the government is supposed to do. When the country shuts down for several months, we need a little bit of outside interjection that stabs to the heart of adrenaline to keep us going after a pandemic.

And that’s what happened. A whole bunch of money got pumped into the system, which is called quantitative easing. Then now it created a lot of it and made everybody’s stock market go up, easy come easy go. And everybody’s like house prices sort, which is obvious, this byproduct of all this printing of fake money.

And now we have to reverse a little bit because inflation is too high. Go figure. So this is exasperated by two things, which is. The Ukraine war and the COVID lockdowns in China. So I’ll dissect that a little bit. So, the Ukraine war, what that’s doing is putting some restrictions on the fuel.

I think you guys, Russian oil and stuff like that, and it’s gum things up there and the COVID in China, most of you guys are probably wondering. y’all are still playing COVID pandemic out there, yeah. We might be over it, mentally in America, but in China, they’re still doing that, with a zero COVID policy.

And even though it may be a little outdated and overboard at this point, it is what it is, political affiliations beside, and don’t matter, like it’s what China’s doing and the result is. That the people in China, aren’t in the factories, giving us Americans the cheap labor that we need to push our businesses forward, which is creating a lot of issues in terms of supply chain, which is also further exasperating, the inflation and the relation that’s happening there is if I’m a business owner and I typically.

Use China labor or outside Asian cheaper labor outside, that’s effectively in a way better technology. So I don’t have that at my disposal right now. And that dang Ukraine war is coming up my operations. So these are the damages at play. So until either the Ukraine war ends or COVID. In China lightens up a little bit.

We’re in this predicament where there’s not gonna be any outside relief. So that only the levers that the Fed has, the poll is to increase the interest rates, which is to take away money from the system in a way to lower the inflation. And what they want to do is they want to keep doing this UN until that unemployment starts to creep up.

And this is good news, unemployment really. Right now guys, like Google, it is unemployment in America. Look at the chart. We’re at all time lows right now. I dunno all time, but in our lifetime lows, what we want that thing that the Fed is likely doing is they’re planters probably gonna increase the interest rates half a percent, quarter percent watching.

They’re trying to get that inflation back down, but they don’t wanna do it too much. So that unemployment goes. Because unemployment goes up, that’s it’s a, that’s a harder, relation to fix at the end of, at the end of it. But that’s if you start injecting more in interest taking money away from the system, but don’t break it by having unemployment skyrocket over eight to 10%.

Now it’s a fine balance. And it’s also. Made a lot more difficult because there’s slack in the system and there’s more slack in the system than Norma, as there’s so much liquidity reserved. So it’s really hard to determine, if the fed increases the rates by point, seven, five tomorrow, it’s not it’s not like by next week, Wednesday, it’s gonna be, unemployment will be this and inflation be back down to 7% and we’re well, on our way, to getting it under 5%, it just doesn’t work like.

And that’s what makes it difficult for the Fed. It’s very simple relations, but, and I use this analogy and other things, but it’s like a cruise ship trying to turn back around. You obviously don’t want an overcorrection with too much government intervention and, in terms of too much interest rate hikes, we’ve still got a long way off till what, where we were in what, 1985.

And. We’ve got our Hawaii retreat that I’m planning in January and 2023. And I’m thinking of making it some kind of like a throwback to the 1985 era where we had 11% rates. Maybe, basically just give people an excuse to wear really ugly Hawaii Aloha shirts. But anyway, if you guys haven’t yet checked out our family office ohana mastermind.

Simple passive casual flow.com/journey. If you’re tired of these free meetup groups with low network investors who aren’t serious, we have over 90 members in this group. Of course, if you haven’t checked out what’s kind inside of our education platform, you can join for free at simplepassivecashflow.com/club.

And check out my book. You guys can download it for free at simplepassivecashflow.com/book. Help me out. Buy a book, leave me a review of trying to get over a hundred reviews there and we’ll see you guys next month. Bye.